You are on page 1of 122

Base Mounted

Metal Seal/Rubber Seal

Series VQ
Space-saving profile Unprecedented high speed VQC
All pilot valves are compactly mounted on one side. response and long service life
The space-saving design of mounting all fittings on
SQ
(Metal seal, single, with indicator light/surge voltage suppressor)
one side permits mounting in three directions. VQ0000 10 ms VQ0
Space-saving ·········· 45% less VQ1000 10 ms 200 million cycles
Capacity-saving ······ 50% less VQ2000 20 ms VQ4
Dispersion accuracy ±2 ms
VQ5
VQZ
Thin compact design VQD
Locking type (Manual) VQ0000 with large flow capacity
Locking type
(VV5Q05)
Flow characteristics
Built-in silencer, manual override Ejector unit Manifold
direct exhaust Model Metal seal Rubber seal Cylinder
pitch
Blanking
(mm) 3 3
size
Regulator unit plate assembly C [dm /(s·bar)] C [dm /(s·bar)]

VQ0000 10.7 0.44 0.53 Up to ø40


VQ1000 10.5 0.72 1.0 Up to ø50
VQ2000 16 2.6 3.2 Up to ø80
∗ Flow characteristics: 4/2  5/3 (A/B  R1/R2)

VQ1000
(VV5Q11)
Dual flow fitting
DIN rail Port plug
Elbow fitting assembly
Individual SUP spacer
(Top entry connector)
Elbow fitting assembly Individual EXH spacer
(Bottom entry connector)
∗ The photo does not show an actual use example.
VQ2000
A variety of options (VV5Q21)

Innovative A variety of common wiring


mounting methods methods are standardized.
The non-bias, one-clamp structure F kit
(D-sub connector) P kit
(Flat ribbon cable connector) J kit
(Flat ribbon cable connector)
Number of pins: 15, 25 Number of pins: 10, 16, 20, 26 Number of pins: 20
permits easy valve replacement. (PC Wiring System compliant)
(Plug-in unit)

Top entry Side entry Top entry Side entry Top entry Side entry
kit kit kit kit kit
Built-in One-touch G (Flat ribbon cable T (Terminal box) L (Lead wire) S (Serial transmission M (Multi-connector kit)
with terminal block) unit)
fittings for easy piping. Number of pins: 20

(VQ2000 only)

2-4-113
Valve Specifications
Sonic
conductance Type of actuation Voltage Electrical entry Manual override
C [dm3/(s·bar)]
4/2  5/3

Single

Double

Closed center

Exhaust center

Pressure center

Plug-in

Grommet

Push type, Tool required

Locking type

Locking type (Manual)


L plug connector

M plug connector
12 V 100 V 200 V
(A/B  R1/R2) 24 V 110 V 220 V
DC AC AC
50/60 50/60

Closed center
Hz Hz

3 position
Double
Single
Rubber seal

VQ00 0.72 0.72

Series
VQ1000

(F/L kit only)


Metal seal

VQ101 1.0 0.65


Plug-in

P. 2-4-120 P. 2-4-128
Rubber seal

VQ200 2.6 2.0

Series
VQ2000
(F/L kit only)
Base Mounted

Metal seal

VQ201 3.2 2.2

P. 2-4-124 P. 2-4-128
Rubber seal

VQ050 0.44 0.32

Series
VQ0000
Metal seal

VQ051 0.53 0.44


Plug lead

P. 2-4-182 P. 2-4-186
Rubber seal

VQ110 0.72 0.72

Series
VQ1000
Metal seal

VQ111 1.0 0.65

P. 2-4-184 P. 2-4-186

2-4-114
External pilot

D-sub connector 15P

Option
P. 2-4-215

P. 2-4-215

P. 2-4-177

P. 2-4-177
Flat ribbon cable 10P 16P 20P
For S kit, please contact SMC. For S kit, please contact SMC. For S, G kit, please contact SMC. For S, G kit, please contact SMC. Negative common specifications
One-touch fitting
Inch size
Except L kit Except L kit Except L kit Except L kit For special wiring spec.

Blanking plate

Individual SUP/EXH

SUP/EXH passage spacer

Name plate

Manifold Option
Back pressure check valve

Standard DIN rail mounting style


P. 2-4-210

P. 2-4-208

P. 2-4-172

P. 2-4-166
Built-in silencer

Silencer for EXH port

Elbow fitting for cylinder port


Two stations matching
fittings for double flow rate
Plug for cylinder port

Regulator unit

Ejector unit mounted

Double check block


2-4-115

VQD
VQZ
VQ5
VQ4
VQ0
SQ
VQC
Series VQ/Base Mounted: Variations

Manifold Variations
F P J G
kit kit kit kit

Flat ribbon cable Flat ribbon cable Flat ribbon cable


D-sub connector connector connector with power supply
Conforming to MIL D-sub connector (26, 20, 16, 10 pins) (20 pins) terminal block
Conforming to MIL flat ribbon Conforming to MIL flat ribbon Conforming to MIL flat ribbon cable
cable connector cable connector connector
PC Wiring System compatible Applicable to OMRON’s serial transmission
unit
PC Wiring System compatible

Series
VQ1000
Plug-in

P. 2-4-130 P/J kit P. 2-4-134 P. 2-4-142

Series
VQ2000

P. 2-4-130 P/J kit P. 2-4-134 P. 2-4-142

Series
VQ0000
Plug Lead

P. 2-4-188 P kit only P. 2-4-192

Series
VQ1000

P. 2-4-188 P kit only P. 2-4-192 P. XXX

2-4-116
Manifold Variations
T L C S M
kit kit kit kit

Terminal block box Lead wire Serial transmission unit Circular connector VQC
(Terminal block) Direct electrical entry type Enables single-wire solenoid IP65 (Dusttight/Low jetproof type)
Terminal blocks are compactly
valve-PLC operation SQ
arranged on one side.
VQ0

L VQ4
kit
VQ5
VQZ
VQD

Terminal block box P. 2-4-146 P. 2-4-150 P. 2-4-154

L Enclosure
IP65 compliant
kit

Enclosure Enclosure
IP65 compliant P. 2-4-146 IP65 compliant P. 2-4-150 P. 2-4-154 W type only P. 2-4-158

C
kit

Terminal block P. 2-4-196 P. 2-4-200 P. 2-4-204

C
kit

Terminal block P. 2-4-196 P. 2-4-200 P. 2-4-204

2-4-117
2-4-118
Cylinder Speed Chart
Use as a guide for selection.
Please confirm the actual conditions with
SMC Sizing Program.
Bore size
Series CJ2 Series CM2 Series MB, CA1
Average Pressure 0.5 MPa Pressure 0.5 MPa Pressure 0.5 MPa
Series speed Load factor 50% Load factor 50% Load factor 50%
(mm/s) Stroke 60 mm Stroke 300 mm Stroke 500 mm
VQC
ø6 ø10 ø16 ø20 ø25 ø32 ø40 ø40 ø50 ø63 ø80 ø100 SQ
800
700 Perpendicular,
VQ0151
600
500
upward actuation VQ0
400 Horizontal
Port size: 300 actuation
One-touch fitting for ø4
200 VQ4
100
0
800
700
VQ5
600
VQ1101 500
400 VQZ
Port size: 300
200
One-touch fitting for ø6 100
0 VQD
800
700
600
VQ2101 500
400
Port size: 300
200
One-touch fitting for ø8 100
0
∗ It is when the cylinder is extending that is meter-out controlled by speed controller which is directly connected with cylinder, and its needle valve
with being fully open.
∗ The average velocity of the cylinder is what the stroke is divided by the total stroke time.
∗ Load factor: ((Load weight x 9.8)/Theoretical force) x 100%

Conditions
Series Conditions Series CJ2 Series CM2 Series MB, CA1
Tube bore x Length T0425 x 1 m
VQ0151 Speed controller AS2001F-04
Silencer AN103-X233
Tube bore x Length T0604 x 1 m
VQ1101 Speed controller AS3001F-06
Silencer AN103-X233
Tube bore x Length T0806 x 1 m
VQ2101 Speed controller AS3001F-08
Silencer AN200-KM8

2-4-119
For details about certified products
conforming to international standards,
visit us at www.smcworld.com.

VQ1000
Series
Base Mounted
Plug-in Unit
How to Order Manifold

VV5Q 1 1 08 C6 F U1
Series
1 VQ1000 Option
Symbol Option
Nil None
Manifold 2 200/220 VAC models (Applicable to F and L kits)
1 Plug-in unit B With back pressure check valve (2)
Stations D DIN rail mounting
G1 1 set of regulator unit (3)
01 1 station
G2 2 sets of regulator unit (3)
3 sets of regulator unit (3)
···

···

G3
J With vacuum ejector unit (4)
The maximum and minimum
K Special wiring specifications (Not double wiring) (5)
number of stations are
varied depending on kit. N With name plate
(Refer to the table below.) R External pilot (6)
S Built-in silencer, direct exhaust
Note 1) When two or more symbols are specified, indicate
Cylinder port them alphabetically. Example) -BRS
Symbol Port size Symbol Port size Note 2) Models with a suffix “-B“ have check valves for
C3 With One-touch fitting for ø3.2 L6 W/ elbow One-touch fitting ø6 for top piping prevention of back pressure at all manifold
stations. If not all stations need this check valve,
C4 With One-touch fitting for ø4 L5 Elbow M5 thread for top piping specify the stations where check valves are
C6 With One-touch fitting for ø6 B3 W/ elbow One-touch fitting ø3.2 for bottom piping installed by using the manifold specification sheet.
M5 M5 thread B4 W/ elbow One-touch fitting ø4 for bottom piping Note 3) Specify the mounting position in the manifold
CM With mixed size/with port plug (1) B6 W/ elbow One-touch fitting ø6 for bottom piping specification sheet.
Note 4) Refer to page 2-4-170 for the details of ejector
L3 W/ elbow One-touch fitting ø3.2 for top piping B5 Elbow M5 thread for bottom piping
mounted styles. A combination of “J“ and “N“ is
L4 W/ elbow One-touch fitting ø4 for top piping LM Mixed size for elbow piping unavailable.
Note 1) Specify “Mixed size/with port plug” in the manifold specification sheet. Note 5) Specify the wiring by means of the manifold
Note 2) Inch-size One-touch fittings are also available. For details, refer to page 2-4-179. specification sheet. (Except L kit)
Note 3) M5 fittings for M5 thread are attached without being incorporated. Note 6) Indicate “R“ for the valve with external pilot.

Simple specials are available with SMC Simple Specials System.


For details about applicable models, please contact SMC.

Kit/Electrical entry/Cable length

F kit
(D-sub connector) P kit
(Flat ribbon cable
connector)
J kit
(Flat ribbon cable
connector (20P))
G Kit
(Flat ribbon cable
connector with power
Top entry Top entry Top entry supply terminal block)
The valve is equipped with
Compatible only with 24
VDC valves.
Order separately
Note 1) Note 1)
Note 1) SI unit made by
25P 26P
26P OMRON Corp.
Side entry Side entry Side entry

Connector entry direction Connector entry direction Connector entry direction


Top entry Side entry
P. 2-4-130 Top entry Side entry
P. 2-4-134
Top entry Side entry
P. 2-4-138 P. 2-4-142
U0 S0 Without cable U0 S0 Without cable U0 S0 Without cable U0 Without cable
(2) (2) (2) (2)
Kit U1 Kit S1 With cable (1.5 m) 2 to 24 Kit U1 Kit S1 With cable (1.5 m) 2 to 24 Kit U1 Kit S1 With cable (1.5 m) 2 to 16 Kit U1 With cable (1.5 m) 2 to 16
F U2 F S2 With cable (3 m) stations P U2 P S2 With cable (3 m) stations J U2 J S2 With cable (3 m) stations G U2 With cable (3 m) stations
U3 S3 With cable (5 m) U3 S3 With cable (5 m) U3 S3 With cable (5 m) U3 With cable (5 m)
Note 1) Besides the above, F and P kits with different number of pins are available. Refer to page 2-4-177 for details.
Note 2) For details, refer to page 2-4-178.

2-4-120
Base Mounted

Plug-in Unit Series VQ1000

How to Order Valves How to Order Manifold Assembly


Example
VQ 1 1 0 0 Y 5 Single solenoid (24 VDC)
Double solenoid (24 VDC)
VQ1200-5 (4 sets)
VQ1100-5 (4 sets)
Manual override
Series
Nil: Non-locking B: Push-locking

e
1 VQ1000 push type slotted type

ns sid
tio U
(Tool required) Blanking plate
Type of actuation

ta
VQ1000-10A-1 (1 set)

S
··
··
···
3 e
2 id
2 position single

···
1 Ds
1 Seal VQC
C: Locking type
0 Metal seal Light/Surge (Manual)
2 position double 1 Rubber seal voltage suppressor SQ
Metal

Nil Yes
E Note) None
2 VQ0
Rubber

2 position double Note) Inapplicable D-sub connector Cylinder ports


to the S kit. C6: With One-touch fitting for ø6

Function Coil voltage VQ4


F kit Manifold base (9 stations)
3 position closed center Symbol Specifications DC AC
1 100 VAC (50/60 Hz) (D-sub connector) VV5Q11-09C6FU2

(1.0 W)
2 Note)200 VAC (50/60 Hz) VQ5
3 Nil Standard type  Note) 3
 110 VAC (50/60 Hz)

High pressure (1.5 W)


4 Note)220 VAC (50/60 Hz)
VV5Q11-09C6FU2 ···· 1 set (F kit 9 station manifold base no.)
VQZ
3 position exhaust center H 
— 5 24 VDC ∗VQ1100-5 ·········· 4 sets (Single solenoid part no.)
type
6 12 VDC ∗VQ1200-5 ·········· 4 sets (Double solenoid part no.)
4
Y
Low wattage (0.5 W) — ∗VV1000-10A-1 ······ 1 set (Blanking plate part no.) VQD
type  Note) 200/220 VAC
models are The asterisk denotes the symbol for assembly.
3 position pressure center Note) For power consumption applicable to F Prefix it to the part nos. of the solenoid valve, etc.
of AC type, refer to page and L kits.
5 2-4-129. Specify the part numbers for valves and options together
beneath the manifold base part number. Besides, when the
Note) For external pilot and negative arrangement will be complicated, specify them by means of
COM specifications, refer to the manifold specification sheet.
4 position dual 3 port valve
4 2
“Option” on pages 2-4-178 to 2-
Note) (A)
A 4-179.
5 3
N.C 1 N.C
4 position dual 3 port valve
Note) (B) 4 2
B
5 3
N.O 1 N.O
4 position dual 3 port valve
Note) (C)
C
4 2 Note) Rubber seal type only.
5 3
N.C 1 N.O

T kit
(Terminal box) L kit
(Lead wire cable) S kit
(Serial transmission unit)
The valve is equipped with an
indicator light and surge voltage
suppressor, and the voltage is 24
VDC. The dust proof SI unit is also
available. Refer to page 2-4-154 for
details.
P. 2-4-154
0 Without SI unit
A With general type SI unit (Series EX300)
Mitsubishi Electric Corp.:
B
MELSECNET/MINI-S3 Data Link System
C OMRON Corp.: SYSBUS Wire System (2)
Max.16
D SHARP Corp.: Satellite I/O Link System
stations
E Matsushita Electric Works: MEWNET-F System
F1 NKE Corp.: Uni-wire System (16 output points)
Kit
G Rockwell Automation: Allen Bradley Remote I/O (RIO) System
S
H NKE Corp.: Uni-wire H System
J1 SUNX Corp.: S-LINK System (16 output points)
J2 SUNX Corp.: S-LINK System (8 output points) Max. 8 stations
K Fuji Electric Co.: T-LINK Mini System
P. 2-4-150 Max.16
Q DeviceNet, CompoBus/D (OMRON Corp.)
stations
0 With cable (0.6 m) R1 OMRON Corp.: CompoBus/S System (16 output points)
P. 2-4-146 Kit 1 to 8
1 With cable (1.5 m) R2 OMRON Corp.: CompoBus/S System (8 output points) Max. 8 stations
L stations
Kit T O Terminal block box 2 to 24 stations (2) 2 With cable (3 m) V Mitsubishi Electric Corp.: CC-LINK System Max. 16 stations

2-4-121
Base Mounted

Series VQ1000

Manifold Option P. 2-4-208


Blanking plate assembly SUP block plate Double check block 2 stations matching fitting assembly Blanking plug
23
VVQ1000-10A-1 VVQ1000-16A VQ1000-FPG- VVQ1000-52A-C8 KQ2P-
04
06
08

T
CY o
Lp
ort

Individual SUP spacer EXH block base assembly


C3
Elbow fitting assembly
C3
Silencer (For EXH port) Blanking plate with connector
F
VVQ1000-P-1-C6 VVQ1000-19A- PL - C4
C6
M5
VVQ1000-F-L C4C6
M5
AN200-KM8/AN203-KM8 VVQ1000-1C-
C6 (SUP port) Connector assembly
One-touch fitting for ø6

Individual EXH spacer Back pressure check valve assembly [-B] DIN rail mounting bracket [-D] Regulator unit
VVQ1000-R-1-C6 VVQ1000-18A VVQ1000-57A VVQ1000-AR-1
C6 (EXH port)
• For cylinder port fittings
One-touch fitting for ø6
part no., refer to page 2-4-
175.
• For replacement parts,
refer to page 2-4-227.

With vacuum ejector unit Name plate [-N] Built-in silencer, Port plug
[-J] N -Station (1 to Max. stations) direct exhaust [-S]
VVQ1000- NC VVQ0000-58A
Exhaust port

2-4-122
2-4-123
For details about certified products
conforming to international standards,
visit us at www.smcworld.com.

VQ2000
Series
Base Mounted
Plug-in Unit
How to Order Manifold
Option
VV5Q 2 1 08 C6 F U1 Symbol Option
Nil None
Series
Manifold B Back pressure check valve (2)
2 VQ2000
D DIN rail mounting style
1 Plug-in unit
K Special wiring specifications (Except double wiring) (3)
Cylinder port Kit type N With name plate
Stations R External pilot (4)
Symbol Port size Symbol Port size
01 1 station S Built-in silencer, direct exhaust
C4 With One-touch fitting for ø4 L8 W/ elbow One-touch fitting ø8 for top piping
Enclosure: Dust tight/splashproof type
C6 With One-touch fitting for ø6 B4 W/ elbow One-touch fitting ø4 for bottom piping W
···

···

(IP65) [T, L, S and M kits only]


C8 With One-touch fitting for ø8 B6 W/ elbow One-touch fitting ø6 for bottom piping Note 1) When two or more symbols are
The maximum and CM With mixed size/with port plug (1) B8 W/ elbow One-touch fitting ø8 for bottom piping specified, indicate them
minimum number of alphabetically. Example) -DNR.
stations are varied
L4 W/ elbow One-touch fitting ø4 for top piping LM Mixed size for elbow piping Note 2) Models with a suffix “-B” have check
L6 W/ elbow One-touch fitting ø4 for top piping valves for prevention of back pressure
depending on kit. at all manifold stations. If not all
(Refer to the table Note 1) Specify “Mixed size/with port plug” on the manifold specification stations need this check valve, specify
below.) sheet. the stations where check valves are
Note 2) Inch-size One-touch fittings are available. For details, refer to page installed by manifold specification
2-4-179. sheet.
Simple specials are available with SMC Simple Specials System. Note 3) Specify the wiring specifications in
the manifold specification sheet.
For details about applicable models, Contact SMC. (Except L kit)
Note 4) Indicate “R” for the valve with
external pilot.

Kit/Electrical entry/Cable length

F kit
(D-sub connector) P kit
(Flat ribbon cable
connector)
J kit
(Flat ribbon cable
connector (20P))
G kit
(Flat ribbon cable
connector with power
Side entry Side entry
supply terminal block)
Compatible only
with 24 VDC valves.

Note 1) Note 1) Note 1)


25P 26P 26P

Top entry Top entry Top entry

Connector entry direction Connector entry direction Connector entry direction


Top entry Side entry
P. 2-4-130 Top entry Side entry
P. 2-4-134
Top entry Side entry
P. 2-4-138 P. 2-4-142
U0 S0 Without cable U0 S0 Without cable (2)
U0 S0 Without cable (2)
U0 Without cable (2)
(2)
Kit U1 Kit S1 With cable (1.5 m) 2 to 24 Kit U1 Kit S1 With cable (1.5 m) 2 to24 Kit U1 Kit S1 With cable (1.5 m) 2 to16 Kit U1 With cable (1.5 m) 2 to 16
F U2 F S2 With cable (3 m) stations P U2 P S2 With cable (3 m) stations J U2 J S2 With cable (3 m) stations G U2 With cable (3 m) stations
U3 S3 With cable (5 m) U3 S3 With cable (5 m) U3 S3 With cable (5 m) U3 With cable (5 m)

2-4-124
Base Mounted

Plug-in Unit Series VQ2000

How to Order Valves How to Order Manifold Assembly


Example
VQ 2 1 0 0 Y 5 Double solenoid (24 VDC)
Series Enclosure VQ2200-5 (4 sets)
2 VQ2000 Nil Dust-protected
Single solenoid (24 VDC) Blanking plate
W Dusttight/Low jetproof type (IP65) VQ2100-5 (3 sets) VQ2000-10A-1 (1 set)
Type of actuation
Manual override
2 position single 4 position dual 3 port valve

ns de
Nil: Non-locking B: Push-locking

tio si
(A) 4

U
Note) 2
1 A push type slotted type

ta
(tool required)

S
5 3
VQC

·
···
e
1

sid

···
N.C N.C

3
2
4 position dual 3 port valve

1
2 position double
Metal

(B) 4 2
Note)
B
5 3 Light/Surge
SQ
N.O 1 N.O C: Locking type
2 voltage suppressor (Manual)
2 position double 4 position dual 3 port valve
VQ0
Rubber

Note) (C) 4 2 Nil Yes


C
5 3 E Note) None
N.C 1 N.O
Note) Inapplicable
D-sub connector
AXT100-DS25-030 VQ4
3 position closed center Note) Rubber seal to the S kit. Cylinder ports
type only. F kit
3 Coil voltage (D-sub connector) C8: With One-touch
VQ5
fitting for ø8
Function 1 100 VAC (50/60 Hz) Manifold base (8 stations)
2 Note)200 VAC (50/60 Hz) VV5Q21-08C8FU2
3 position exhaust center Symbol Specifications DC AC
3 110 VAC (50/60 Hz) VV5Q21-08C8FU2 ··· 1 set (F kit 8 station manifold base no.)
VQZ
Standard (1.0 W) Note)

4 Seal Nil  ∗VQ2100-5 ········· 3 sets (Single solenoid part no.)


type  4 Note)220 VAC (50/60 Hz) ∗VQ2200-5 ········· 4 sets (Double solenoid part no.)
0 Metal seal
High (1.5 W) 5 24 VDC ∗VVQ2000-10A-1 ·· 1 set (Blanking plate part no.)
VQD
3 position pressure center 1 Rubber seal H —
6 12 VDC
pressure type  The asterisk denotes the symbol for assembly.
Low wattage (0.5 W) Note) 200/220 VAC Prefix it to the part nos. of the solenoid valve, etc.
5 Y — models are
type  applicable to F Specify the part numbers for valves and options together
Note) For power consumption and L kits. beneath the manifold base part number. Besides, when the
Note ) For sub-plate single of AC type, refer to arrangement will be complicated, specify them by means of
unit type, refer to page page 2-4-129. the manifold specification sheet.
2-4-165. Note) For external pilot and negative COM specifications,
refer to “Option” on page 2-4-178 to 2-4-179.

T kit
(Terminal box) L kit
(Lead wire cable) S kit
(Serial transmission unit)
(4)

The valve is equipped with an indicator light and


surge voltage suppressor, and the voltage is 24
M kit
(Multi-connector)

VDC. The dusttight SI unit is available. Refer to


page 2-4-154 for details. Dusttight/splashproof
type (IP65) is also available. (Except SE and SG.)

P. 2-4-154
O Without SI unit
(2)
A With general type SI unit (Series EX300) Max.16
Mitsubishi Electric Corp.: stations
B MELSECNET/MINI-S3 Data Link System
(4)
Mitsubishi Electric Corp.: Dust tight/
BB MELSECNET/MINI-S3 Data Link System(2 power supply lines) Low jetproof type
Max.16 stations
(IP65) only available
C OMRON Corp.: SYSBUS Wire System
D SHARP Corp.: Satellite I/O Link System
E Matsushita Electric Works: MEWNET-F System (2)

Kit F1 NKE Corp.: Uni-wire System (16 output points) Max.16


S G Rockwell Automation: Allen Bradley Remote I/O (RIO) System stations
H NKE Corp.: Uni-wire H System
J1 SUNX Corp.: S-LINK System (16 output points)
Dust tight/Low jetproof type J2 SUNX Corp.: S-LINK System (8 output points) Max. 8 stations P. 2-4-162
Dust tight/Low jetproof type (IP65) available P. 2-4-150 K Fuji Electric Co.: T-LINK Mini System
Max.16 0 Without cable
(IP65) available P. 2-4-146 Q DeviceNet, CompoBus/D (OMRON Corp.) (2)
stations Kit
0 With cable (0.6 m) R1 OMRON Corp.: CompoBus/S System (16 output points) 1 With cable (1.5 m) 2 to 24
Kit 1 to 8
Terminal 2 to 20 1 With cable (1.5 m) R2 OMRON Corp.: CompoBus/S System (8 output points) Max. 8 stations M 2 With cable (3 m) stations
Kit T O L stations
block box stations (2) 2 With cable (3 m) V Mitsubishi Electric Corp.: CC-LINK System Max. 16 stations 3 With cable (5 m)
Note 1) Besides the above, F and P kits with different number of pins are available. Refer to page 2-4-177 for details.
Note 2) For details, refer to page 2-4-178.
Note 3) Refer to the pages on respective kits for IP65 type. (T, L and S kits)
Note 4) Kits with IP65 enclosure applicable to input/output are also available. Refer to page 2-4-162 for details.

2-4-125
Base Mounted

Series VQ2000

Manifold Option P. 2-4-210


Blanking plate assembly SUP block plate DIN rail mounting bracket [-D] Port plug
VVQ2000-10A-1 VVQ2000-16A VVQ2000-57A VVQ1000-58A

Individual SUP spacer EXH block plate Built-in silencer, Blanking plug
04
VVQ2000-P-1-C8 VVQ2000-19A direct exhaust [-S] KQ2P- 06
08
10

Exhaust port
C8 (SUP port)
One-touch fitting for ø8

Individual EXH spacer Name plate [-N] Silencer (For EXH port)
VVQ2000-R-1-C8 VVQ2000-N-Station (1 to Max. stations) AN200-KM10
C8 (EXH port) • For cylinder port fittings part
One-touch fitting for ø8 no., refer to page 2-4-175.
• For replacement parts, refer to
page 2-4-227.

Back pressure check valve assembly [-B] Elbow fitting assembly 2 stations matching fitting assembly Double check block
VVQ2000-18A VVQ2000-F-L (C4, C6, C8) VVQ2000-52A-C10 VQ2000-FPG-

To
CY
Lp
ort

2-4-126
VQC
SQ
VQ0
VQ4
VQ5
VQZ
VQD

2-4-127
Series VQ1000/2000
Base Mounted
Plug-in Unit

Model
Flow characteristics (1) Response time (ms) (2)
Number of Weight
Series Model 1  2/4 (P  A/B) 2/4  3/5 (A/B  R1/R2) Standard : 1 W Low wattage:
solenoids AC (g)
C [dm3/(s·bar)] b Cv C [dm3/(s·bar)] b Cv H : 1.5 W 0.5 W

Metal seal VQ1100 0.70 0.15 0.16 0.72 0.25 0.18 12 or less 15 or less 29 or less
64
2 position

Single
Rubber seal VQ1101 0.85 0.20 0.21 1.0 0.30 0.25 15 or less 20 or less 34 or less
Metal seal VQ1200 0.70 0.15 0.16 0.72 0.25 0.18 10 or less 13 or less 13 or less
Double
Rubber seal VQ1201 0.85 0.20 0.21 1.0 0.30 0.25 15 or less 20 or less 20 or less
Closed Metal seal VQ1300 0.68 0.15 0.16 0.72 0.25 0.18 20 or less 26 or less 40 or less
center Rubber seal VQ1301 0.70 0.20 0.16 0.65 0.42 0.18 25 or less 33 or less 47 or less
3 position

VQ1000
Exhaust Metal seal VQ1400 0.68 0.15 0.16 0.72 0.25 0.18 20 or less 26 or less 40 or less
78
center Rubber seal VQ1401 0.70 0.20 0.16 1.0 0.30 0.25 25 or less 33 or less 47 or less
Pressure Metal seal VQ1500 0.70 0.15 0.16 0.72 0.25 0.18 20 or less 26 or less 40 or less
center Rubber seal VQ1501 0.85 0.20 0.21 0.65 0.42 0.18 25 or less 33 or less 47 or less
4 position

Dual A
Rubber seal VQ1B 01 0.70 0.20 0.16 0.70 0.20 0.16 25 or less 33 or less 47 or less
3 port valve C

Metal seal VQ2100 2.0 0.15 0.46 2.6 0.15 0.60 22 or less 29 or less 49or less
90
2 position

Single
Rubber seal VQ2101 2.2 0.28 0.55 3.2 0.30 0.80 24 or less 31 or less 51or less
Metal seal VQ2200 2.0 0.15 0.46 2.6 0.15 0.60 15 or less 20 or less 20 or less
Double
Rubber seal VQ2201 2.2 0.28 0.55 3.2 0.30 0.80 20 or less 26 or less 26 or less

Closed Metal seal VQ2300 2.0 0.15 0.46 2.0 0.18 0.46 29 or less 38 or less 58 or less
center Rubber seal VQ2301 2.0 0.28 0.49 2.2 0.31 0.60 34 or less 44 or less 64 or less
3 position

VQ2000
Exhaust Metal seal VQ2400 2.0 0.15 0.46 2.6 0.15 0.60 29 or less 38 or less 58 or less
110
center Rubber seal VQ2401 2.0 0.28 0.49 3.2 0.30 0.80 34 or less 44 or less 64 or less
Pressure Metal seal VQ2500 2.4 0.17 0.57 2.0 0.18 0.46 29 or less 38 or less 58 or less
center Rubber seal VQ2501 3.2 0.28 0.80 2.2 0.31 0.60 34 or less 44 or less 64 or less
4 position

Dual A
Rubber seal VQ2 B 01 1.8 0.28 0.46 1.8 0.28 0.46 34 or less 44 or less 64 or less
3 port valve C

Note 1) Cylinder port size C6: (VQ1000), C8: (VQ2000) without check valve option for prevention of back pressure.
Note 2) As per JIS B 8375-1981 (Supply pressure; 0.5 MPa; with indicator light/surge voltage suppressor; clean air)
The response time is subject to the pressure and quality of the air. The values at the time of ON are given for double types.

2-4-128
Base Mounted

Plug-in Unit Series VQ1000/2000

Standard Specifications
JIS Symbol Valve construction Metal seal Rubber seal
2 position single Fluid Air/Inert gas Air/Inert gas
Maximum operating pressure 0.7 MPa (High pressure type: 0.8 MPa)

Valve specifications
Single 0.1 MPa 0.15 MPa
2 position double Minimum
Double 0.1 MPa 0.1 MPa
Metal

operating pressure
3 position 0.1 MPa 0.2 MPa
Ambient and fluid temperature –10 to 50°C (1)
2 position double
Rubber

Lubrication Not required VQC


Manual override Push type/Locking type (Tool required, Manual type) Option
3 position closed center Impact/Vibration resistance
(2)
150/30 m/s2 SQ
Enclosure Dust-protected, Dust tight/Low jetproof type (IP65) (5)
Coil rated voltage 12 , 24 VDC, 100, 110, 200, 220 VAC (50/60 Hz) VQ0
3 position exhaust center Allowable voltage fluctuation ±10% of rated voltage
Coil insulation type Class B or equivalent
VQ4
(3) (4)
1 W DC (42 mA), 1.5 W DC (63 mA) , 0.5 W DC (21 mA)
24 VDC
VQ5
Solenoid

3 position pressure center (3)


12 VDC 1 W DC (83 mA), 1.5 W DC (125 mA) , 0.5 W DC (42 mA) (4)
Power
consumption
100 VAC Inrush 1.2 VA (12 mA), Holding 1.2 VA (12 mA) VQZ
(Current) 110 VAC Inrush 1.3 VA (12 mA), Holding 1.3 VA (12 mA)
200 VAC Inrush 2.4 VA (12 mA), Holding 2.4 VA (12 mA) VQD
220 VAC Inrush 2.6 VA (12 mA), Holding 2.6 VA (12 mA)
Note 1) Use dry air to prevent condensation when operating at low temperatures.
Note 2) Impact resistance ··· No malfunction occurred when it is tested with a drop tester in the axial direction
and at the right angles to the main valve and armature in both energized and de-
energized states every once for each condition. (Values at the initial period)
Vibration resistance ··· No malfunction occurred in a one-sweep test between 45 and 2000 Hz. Test was
performed at both energized and de-energized states in the axial direction and at
the right angles to the main valve and armature. (Values at the initial period)
Note 3) Value for high voltage type (1.5 W)
Note 4) Value for low voltage type (0.5 W)
Note 5) Dusttight/Low jetproof type (IP65) is available on T, L, S and M kits of VQ2000.
Manifold Specifications
Porting specifications
(2) 5 station
Port size
(1) Applicable Applicable weight
Series Base model Type of connection
Port location stations solenoid valve (g)
1(P), 3(R) 4(A), 2(B)
 F kit–D-sub connector
 P kit–Flat ribbon cable connector F, P, T kits
C8 (ø8) C3 (ø3.2) 2 to 24 stations
 J kit–Flat ribbon cable connector (20P) 628
 G kit– Flat ribbon cable connector Option C4(ø4) J, G, S kit VQ100 (Single)
VQ1000 VV5Q11- with terminal block Side Built-in 2 to 16 stations 759
C6 (ø6) VQ101
 T kit–Terminal box silencer, (Double,
direct exhaust M5 (M5 thread) L kit
 L kit–Lead wire cable 3 position)
1 to 8 stations
 S kit–Serial transmission unit

 F kit–D-sub connector F, P kits


 P kit–Flat ribbon cable connector 2 to 24 stations
C10 (ø10)
 J kit–Flat ribbon cable connector (20P) C4 (ø4) J, G, S kit 1051
 G kit– Flat ribbon cable connector Option 2 to 16 stations VQ200 (Single)
VQ2000 VV5Q21- with terminal block Side Built-in C6 (ø6)
L kit VQ201 1144
 T kit–Terminal box silencer, C8 (ø8) 1 to 8 stations (Double,
 L kit–Lead wire cable direct exhaust 3 position)
T kit
 S kit–Serial transmission unit
2 to 20 stations
 M kit–Multi-connector
Note 1) Inch-size One-touch fittings are also available. For details, refer to page 2-4-179.
Note 2) For details, refer to page 2-4-178.

R port

R port

P port
P port
Type of connection
A, B port
A, B port

Type of connection

2-4-129
F VQ1000/2000
Kit (D-sub connector)

VV5Q11 VV5Q21
 The D-sub connector reduces installation labor for electrical
connections. Manifold Specifications
 Using the D-sub connector (25P), (15P as an option) conforming to Porting specifications
MIL standard permits the use of connectors put on the market and Series Port size Applicable
Port stations
gives a wide interchangeability. locaition 1(P), 3(R) 4(A), 2(B)
 Top or side receptacle position can be selected in accordance with
the available mounting space. VQ1000 Side C8 C3, C4, C6, M5 Max. 24 stations
 Maximum stations are 24. VQ2000 Side C10 C4, C6, C8 Max. 24 stations

D-sub Connector (25 pins)


Cable Assembly 
015
AXT100-DS25- 030 Wire Color by Terminal No. of
050
The D-sub connector cable assembly can be ordered individually or D-sub Connector Cable Assembly
included in a specific manifold model no. Refer to How to Order Manifold. Terminal no. Lead wire color Dot marking
Electric 1 Black None
D-sub Connector Cable Assembly (Option) Characteristics 2 Brown None
Multi-core vinyl cable 3 Red None
Cable Item Characteristics
0.3 mm2 x 25C Assembly part no. Note 4 Orange None
length (L) Conductor 65 or
resistance less 5 Yellow None
~
= ø10
1.5 m AXT100-DS25-015 Ω/km, 20°C 6 Pink None
Cable 25 core
3m AXT100-DS25-030 Voltage limit 7 Blue None
x 24AWG 1000
5m AXT100-DS25-050 V, 1 min, AC 8 Purple White
L

∗ For other commercial connectors, use a 25 pins type Insulation 5 or 9 Gray Black
with female connector conforming to MIL-C-24308. resistance
MΩkm, 20°C more 10 White Black
44

11 White Red
Note) The min. bending
radius of D-sub 12 Yellow Red
8

cable assembly is 13 Orange Red


Connector manufacturers’ example
20 mm. 14 Yellow Black
55 2-M2.6 x 0.45 • Fujitsu Limited
15 Pink Black
• Japan Aviation Electronics Industry, Ltd.
Socket side 16 Blue White
14 25 • J.S.T. Mfg. Co., Ltd.
17 Purple None
• Hirose Electric Co., Ltd.
16

18 Gray None
19 Orange Black
1 13
Terminal no. 20 Red White
47.04
21 Brown White
22 Pink Red
23 Gray Red
24 Black White
25 White None
Note) Types with 15 pin are also available. Refer to page 2-4-177 for details.

How to Order Manifold


Option
VV5Q 1 1 08 C6 F U 1 N Symbol
Nil
Option
None
VQ1000 VQ2000 Note
 
B With back pressure check valve   (2)
Series D DIN rail mounting style  
1 VQ1000 Connector entry Cable (Length) G1 1 set of regulator unit
2 VQ2000 direction G2 2 sets of regulator unit  (3)
0 Without cable
U Top entry 1 With cable (1.5 m) G3 3 sets of regulator unit
S Side entry 2 With cable (3 m)
J With vacuum ejector unit  (4)

3 With cable (5 m) Special wiring specifications


K   (5)
Cylinder port (Not double wiring)
N With name plate  
Manifold Symbol Port size VQ1000 VQ2000
R External pilot   (6)
1 Plug-in unit C3 With One-touch fitting for ø3.2 
S Built-in silencer, direct exhaust  
C4 With One-touch fitting for ø4  
Stations Note 1) When two or more symbols are specified,
C6 With One-touch fitting for ø6   indicate them alphabetically. Example) -BRS
02 2 stations
C8 With One-touch fitting for ø8  Note 2) Models with a suffix “-B” have check
···

···

M5 M5 thread  valves for prevention of back pressure at


24 24 stations (3) all manifold stations. If not all stations
CM With mixed size/with port plug  
Note) For details, need this check valve, specify the stations
refer to page Note 1) Insert “L” (top piping) or “B” (bottom where check valves are installed by using
2-4-178. piping) for elbow type. Example) B6 the manifold specification sheet.
(Elbow One-touch fittings for ø6, Note 3) Specify the mounting position in the
bottom piping.) manifold specification sheet.
Note 2) Indicate “LM” for models with elbow Note 4) Refer to page 2-4-170 for the details of
fittings and mixed cylinder port sizes. ejector mounted styles. A combination of
Note 3) Specify “Mixed size/with port plug” in “J” and “N” is unavailable.
the manifold specification sheet. Note 5) Specify the wiring by using of the
Note 4) Inch-size One-touch fittings are manifold specification sheet.
available. For details, refer to page 2-4- Note 6) Indicate “R” for the valve with external pilot.
179.

2-4-130
Base Mounted

Plug-in Unit Series VQ1000/2000

VQC
tio ide
ta U s
ns

SQ
S
·
···
e

···
sid
D

3
2

 Electrical wiring specifications


1

D-sub connector D-sub connector assembly


VQ0
015
AXT100-DS25- 030 Wire color
050 VQ4
Terminal no. Polarity Lead wire color Dot marking

{
1 station
SOL.A
SOL.B
1
14
(–)
(–)
(+)
(+)
Black
Yellow
None
Black
VQ5
SOL.A 2 (–) (+) Brown None
VV5Q11 2 stations
{ SOL.B 15 (–) (+) Pink Black
VQZ
SOL.A 3 (–) (+) Red None
3 stations
{ SOL.B 16 (–) (+) Blue White

4 stations
{
SOL.A
SOL.B
4
17
(–)
(–)
(+)
(+)
Orange
Purple
None
None
VQD
e

SOL.A 5 (–) (+) Yellow None


sid

ns

{
U

tio

5 stations SOL.B 18 (–) (+) Gray None


ta
S
···

SOL.A 6 (–) (+) Pink None


···

{
···
e

6 stations
sid

···

SOL.B 19 (–) (+) Orange Black


D

Connector
3

terminal no. SOL.A 7 (–) (+) Blue None


2
1

As the standard electrical wiring


7 stations
{ SOL.B
SOL.A
20
8
(–)
(–)
(+)
(+)
Red
Purple
White
White
specifications, double wiring 8 stations { SOL.B 21 (–) (+) Brown White
(connected to SOL. A and SOL. SOL.A 9 (–) (+) Gray Black
B) is adopted for the internal
9 stations
{ SOL.B 22 (–) (+) Pink Red
SOL.A 10 (–) (+) White Black
wiring of each station for 12 10 stations
stations or less, regardless of { SOL.B 23 (–) (+) Gray Red
SOL.A 11 (–) (+) White Red
valve and option types. 11 stations
{ SOL.B 24 (–) (+) Black White
Mixed single and double wiring is SOL.A 12 (–) (+) Yellow Red
available as an option. For details, 12 stations { SOL.B 25 (–) (+) White None
refer to page 2-4-178. COM. 13 (+) (–) Orange Red
VV5Q21 Note)
Positive common Negative common
Note) When using the negative common specifications specifications
specifications, use valves for negative
The total number of stations is tabulated common. (Refer to page 2-4-178.)
starting from station one on the D side. For details, refer to “Option” on page 2-4-178.

How to Order Valves How to Order Manifold Assembly


Specify the part numbers for valves and options
VQ 1 1 0 0 Y 5 together beneath the manifold base part number.

<Example>
Series Manual override D-sub connector kit with cable (3 m)
VV5Q11-09C6FU2 ···· 1 set –Manifold base no.
1 VQ1000 Nil Non-locking push type (Tool required) *VQ1100-5 ············· 2 sets–Valve part no. (Stations 1 to 2)
2 VQ2000 B Locking type (Tool required) *VQ1200-5 ············· 4 sets–Valve part no. (Stations 3 to 6)
C Locking type (Manual) *VQ1300-5 ············· 2 sets–Valve part no. (Stations 7 to 8)
Type of actuation *VVQ1000-10A-1 ······ 1 set–Blanking plate part no. (Station 9)
1 2 position single
2
Light/Surge voltage suppressor Prefix the asterisk to Write sequentially from the
2 position double the part nos. of the 1st station on the D side.
3 3 position closed center Nil Yes solenoid valve, etc. When part nos. written
4 3 position exhaust center E None collectively are
complicated, specified by
5 3 position pressure center Coil voltage using the manifold
1 100 VAC (50/60 Hz) specification sheet.
S side

Function
ns
U

2
tio

Seal 200 VAC (50/60 Hz)


ta
···
e

Symbol Specifications DC AC
sid

3
···

110 VAC (50/60 Hz)


D

0
3

Metal seal
2

Standard (1.0 W) Note) 4


1

220 VAC (50/60 Hz)


1 Rubber seal Nil 
type  5 24 VDC
High (1.5 W) — 6 12 VDC
H pressure type 
Note) For external pilot and
negative COM Low wattage (0.5 W) —
Y type
specifications, refer to 
“Option” on pages 2-4- Note) For power consumption of
178 to 2-4-179. AC type, refer to page 2-4-
129.

2-4-131
F
VQ1000
VQ1000/2000
Kit (D-sub connector)

The broken lines indicate the DIN rail mounting style [-D] and the side entry connection [-FS].

Applicable connector:
D-sub connector
(Conforming to MIL-C-24308) P = 10.5

Indicator light
Manual
override

Mounting hole for M4


=2
~

D side Stations 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 n U side

3(R) EXH port

DIN rail clamp screw

2n-C3, C4, C6, M5


C3: One-touch fitting for ø3.2 1(P) SUP port
C4: One-touch fitting for ø4
C6: One-touch fitting for ø6
< >: AC M5: M5 thread

< >: AC

Dimensions Formula L1 = 10.5n + 44.5, L2 = 10.5n + 62.5 n: Station (Maximum 24 stastions)


L n 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
L1 65.5 76 86.5 97 107.5 118 128.5 139 149.5 160 170.5 181 191.5 202 212.5 223 233.5 244 254.5 265 275.5 286 296.5
L2 83.5 94 104.5 115 125.5 136 146.5 157 167.5 178 188.5 199 209.5 220 230.5 241 251.5 262 272.5 283 293.5 304 314.5
(L3) 112.5 125 125 137.5 150 162.5 175 187.5 187.5 200 212.5 225 237.5 250 250 262.5 275 287.5 300 312.5 325 325 337.5
(L4) 123 135.5 135.5 148 160.5 173 185.5 198 198 210.5 223 235.5 248 260.5 260.5 273 285.5 298 310.5 323 335.5 335.5 348
Vacuum ejector unit style: Formula L1 = 10.5n + 28.7 + (Number of ejector units x 26.7)
L2 = 10.5n + 46.3 + (Number of ejector units x 26.7)
L4 is L2 plus about 30.

2-4-132
Base Mounted

Plug-in Unit Series VQ1000/2000

VQ2000

The broken lines indicate the DIN rail mounting style [-D] and the side entry connection [-FS].

VQC
SQ
Applicable connector: D-sub connector (25P)
(Conforming to MIL-C-24308)
VQ0
Indicator light
VQ4
Manual
override
VQ5
VQZ
VQD

Mounting hole for 4-M5


=4
~

D side Stations 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 n U side

3(R) EXH port

DIN rail clamp screw

2n-C4, C6, C8 P = 16
C3: One-touch fitting for ø3.2
C4: One-touch fitting for ø4
C6: One-touch fitting for ø6 1(P) SUP port
< >: AC C8: One-touch fitting for ø8

Dimensions Formula L1 = 16n + 53, L2 = 16n + 73 n: Station (Maximum 24 stations)


L n 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
L1 85 101 117 133 149 165 181 197 213 229 245 261 277 293 309 325 341 357 373 389 405 421 437
L2 105 121 137 153 169 185 201 217 233 249 265 281 297 313 329 345 361 377 393 409 425 441 457
(L3) 137.5 150 162.5 187.5 200 212.5 225 250 262.5 275 300 312.5 325 337.5 350 375 387.5 400 412.5 437.5 450 462.5 487.5
(L4) 148 160.5 173 198 210.5 223 235.5 260.5 273 285.5 310.5 323 335.5 348 360.5 385.5 398 410.5 423 448 460.5 473 498

2-4-133
P VQ1000/2000
Kit (Flat ribbon cable connector)

VV5Q11 VV5Q21

 MIL flat ribbon cable connector reduces installation labor for Manifold Specifications
electrical connection.
Porting specifications
 Using the connector for flat ribbon cable (26P) conforming to MIL
standard permits the use of connectors put on the market and Series Port Port size Applicable
location 1(P), 3(R) stations
gives a wide interchangeability. 4(A), 2(B)
 Top or side receptacle position can be selected in accordance with
VQ1000 Side C8 C3, C4, C6, M5 Max. 24 stations
the available mounting space.
 Maximum stations are 24. VQ2000 Side C10 C4, C6, C8 Max. 24 stations

e
sid
U

ns
Flat Ribbon Cable (26 pins)

tio
ta
S
e

·
sid

···
···
D
Cable assembly 

3
2
1
1
AXT100-FC26-to3
Flat ribbon cable connector assembly can be ordered individually or
included in a specific manifold model no. Refer to How to Order Manifold.

Red

VV5Q11

e
sid
U

ns
tio
ta
S
Terminal no.

·
···
···
···
e

···
sid

···
D

3
2
1
Flat Ribbon Cable Connector Assembly (Option)
Cable length (L) Assembly part no. Note
1.5 m AXT100-FC26-1
Cable 26 core
3m AXT100-FC26-2 x 28AWG
5m AXT100-FC26-3
∗ For other commercial connectors, use a 26 pins type with strain
relief conforming to MIL-C-83503.

Connector manufacturers’ example VV5Q21


• Hirose Electric Co., Ltd. • Japan Aviation Electronics Industry, Ltd.
• Sumitomo 3M Limited • J.S.T. Mfg. Co., Ltd.
• Fujitsu Limited • Oki Electric Cable Co., Ltd. The total number of stations is tabulated starting from
one on the D side.

How to Order Manifold


Option
VV5Q 1 1 08 C6 P U 1 N Symbol
Nil
Option
None
VQ1000 VQ2000 Note
 
B Back pressure check valve   (2)

Cable (Length) D DIN rail mounting style  


Series
Connector entry 0 Without cable G1 1 set of regulator unit
1 VQ1000 direction 1 With cable (1.5 m) G2 2 sets of regulator unit  (3)
2 VQ2000
U Top entry 2 With cable (3 m) G3 3 sets of regulator unit
S Side entry 3 With cable (5 m) J With vacuum ejector unit  (4)

Cylinder port Special Wiring Specifications


K   (5)
Manifold (Not double wiring)
Symbol Port size VQ1000 VQ2000
1 Plug-in unit N With name plate  
C3 With One-touch fitting for ø3.2 
R External pilot   (6)
C4 With One-touch fitting for ø4  
S Built-in silencer, direct exhaust  
C6 With One-touch fitting for ø6  
Stations C8 With One-touch fitting for ø8 
Note 1) When two or more symbols are specified,
indicate them alphabetically. Example) -BRS
02 2 stations M5 M5 thread  Note 2) Models with a suffix “-B” have check valves
···

···

(3)
CM With mixed size/with port plug   for prevention of back pressure at all
24 24 stations manifold stations. If not all stations need this
Note 1) Insert “L” (top piping) or “B” (bottom
check valve, specify the stations where
Note) For details, refer piping) for elbow type.
to page 2-4-178. check valves are installed by using the
Example) B6 (Elbow One-touch fittings for
manifold specification sheet.
ø6, bottom piping.)
Note 3) Specify the mounting position in the manifold
Note 2) Indicate “LM” for models with elbow
specification sheet.
fittings and mixed cylinder port sizes.
Note 4) Refer to page 2-4-170 for the details of
Note 3) Specify “Mixed size/with port plug” in the
ejector mounted styles. A combination of “J”
manifold specification sheet.
and “N” is unavailable.
Note 4) Inch-size One-touch fittings are available.
Note 5) Specify the wiring specifications in the
For details, refer to page 2-4-179.
manifold specification sheet.
Note 6) Indicate “R” for the valve with external pilot.
2-4-134
Base Mounted

Plug-in Unit Series VQ1000/2000

VQC
SQ
VQ0

 Electrical wiring specifications VQ4

Flat ribbon cable connector Terminal no. Polarity


VQ5
SOL.A 1 (–) (+)
1 station{ SOL.B 2
SOL.A 3
(–)
(–)
(+)
(+)
VQZ
2 stations { SOL.B 4 (–) (+) As the standard electrical wiring specifications,
3 stations {
SOL.A 5 (–) (+) double wiring (connected to SOL. A and SOL. B) is VQD
SOL.B 6 (–) (+) adopted for the internal wiring of each station for 12
SOL.A 7 (–) (+) stations or less, regardless of valve and option types.
4 stations { SOL.B 8 (–) (+) Mixed single and double wiring is available as an
SOL.A 9 (–) (+)
5 stations { option.
SOL.B 10 (–) (+)
SOL.A 11 For details, refer to page 2-4-178.
(–) (+)
6 stations { SOL.B 12 (–) (+)
SOL.A 13 (–) (+)
7 stations { SOL.B 14 (–) (+) Note) When using the negative common
SOL.A 15 (–) (+)
8 stations {
specifications, use valves for negative
SOL.B 16 (–) (+)
common. (Refer to page 2-4-178.)
SOL.A 17 (–) (+)
9 stations { SOL.B 18 For details, refer to “Option” on page 2-4-
(–) (+)
SOL.A 19 178.
Connector (–) (+)
terminal no. 10 stations { SOL.B 20 (–) (+)
SOL.A 21 (–) (+)
11 stations { SOL.B 22 (–) (+)
SOL.A 23 (–) (+)
12 stations { SOL.B 24 (–) (+)
COM. 25 (+) (–)
Triangle mark
indicator position COM. 26 (+) (–)
Note)
Positive Negative
Electrical wiring specifications common common
specifications specifications

How to Order Valves How to Order Manifold Assembly


Specify the part numbers for valves and options
VQ 1 1 0 0 Y 5 together beneath the manifold base part number.

<Example>
Manual override
Series Flat ribbon cable kit with 3 m cable
Nil Non-locking push type (Tool required) VV5Q11-09C6PU2 ··· 1 set–Manifold base no.
1 VQ1000
B Locking type (Tool required) ∗VQ1100-5 ············ 2 sets–Valve part no. (Stations 1 to 2)
2 VQ2000
C Locking type (Manual) ∗VQ1200-5 ············ 4 sets–Valve part no. (Stations 3 to 6)
∗VQ1300-5 ············ 2 sets–Valve part no. (Stations 7 to 8)
Type of actuation Light/Surge voltage suppressor ∗VVQ1000-10A-1 ······ 1 set–Blanking plate no. (Station 9)
1 2 position single Nil Yes
2 2 position double E None Prefix the asterisk to Write sequentially from the
3 3 position closed center the part nos. of the 1st station on the D side.
4 3 position exhaust center Coil voltage solenoid valve, etc. When part nos. written
Function 1 100 VAC (50/60 Hz) collectively are complicated,
5 3 position pressure center
specified by using the
Symbol Specifications DC AC 3 110 VAC (50/60 Hz) manifold specification
Seal 5 24 VDC
e

sheet.
sid

Standard (1.0 W) Note)


U


ns

Nil 6 12 VDC

tio

0 Metal seal type


ta
S
e

··
sid

1
···

Rubber seal
D

(1.5 W)
H High pressure 
3


2
1

type
Note) For external pilot and negative
COM specifications, refer to Low wattage (0.5 W) —
Y type 
“Option” on pages 2-4-178 to
2-4-179. Note) For power consumption of AC
type, refer to page 2-4-129.

2-4-135
P
VQ1000
VQ1000/2000
Kit (Flat ribbon cable connector)

The broken lines indicate the DIN rail mounting style [-D] and the side entry connection [-PS].

Applicable connector: Flat ribbon cable connector (26P)


(Conforming to MIL-C-83503)

P = 10.5
Indicator light
Manual
override

Mounting hole for M4


≅2

D side Stations ···· 1 ···· 2 ···· 3 ···· 4 ···· 5 ····6 ····7 ···· 8 ···· n U side

3(R) EXH port

DIN rail clamp screw

2n-C3, C4, C6, M5


C3: One-touch fitting for ø3.2 1(P) SUP port
C4: One-touch fitting for ø4
C6: One-touch fitting for ø6
< >: AC M5: M5 thread

Dimensions Formula L1 = 10.5n + 44.5, L2 = 10.5n + 57.5 n: Station (Maximum 24 stations)


L n 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
L1 65.5 76 86.5 97 107.5 118 128.5 139 149.5 160 170.5 181 191.5 202 212.5 223 233.5 244 254.5 265 275.5 286 296.5
L2 78.5 89 99.5 110 120.5 131 141.5 152 162.5 173 183.5 194 204.5 215 225.5 236 246.5 257 267.5 278 288.5 299 309.5
(L3) 112.5 125 125 137.5 150 162.5 175 187.5 187.5 200 212.5 225 225 237.5 250 262.5 275 287.5 287.5 300 312.5 325 337.5
(L4) 123 135.5 135.5 148 160.5 173 185.5 198 198 210.5 223 235.5 235.5 248 260.5 273 285.5 298 298 310.5 323 335.5 348
Vacuum ejector unit style: Formula L1 = 10.5n + 28.7 + (Number of ejector units x 26.7)
L2 = 10.5n + 41.3 + (Number of ejector units x 26.7)
L4 is L2 plus about 30.

2-4-136
Base Mounted

Plug-in Unit Series VQ1000/2000

VQ2000

The broken lines indicate the DIN rail mounting style [-D] and the side entry connection [-PS].

Applicable connector: Flat ribbon cable connector (26P)


(Conforming to MIL-C-83503)
VQC
P = 16
Indicator light
SQ
Manual
override
VQ0
VQ4
VQ5
VQZ
VQD

Mounting hole for 4-M5

D side Stations ···· 1 ····· 2 ····· 3 ····· 4 ····· 5 ····· 6 ·····7 ····· 8 ····· n U side

3(R) EXH port


DIN rail clamp screw

2n-C4, C6, C8
C4: One-touch fitting for ø4
C6: One-touch fitting for ø6 1(P) SUP port

< >: AC C8: One-touch fitting for ø8

Dimensions Formula L1 = 16n + 53, L2 = 16n + 68 n: Station (Maximum 24 stations)


L n 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
L1 85 101 117 133 149 165 181 197 213 229 245 261 277 293 309 325 341 357 373 389 405 421 437
L2 100 116 132 148 164 180 196 212 228 244 260 276 292 308 324 340 356 372 388 404 420 436 452
(L3) 125 150 162.5 175 187.5 212.5 225 237.5 262.5 275 287.5 300 312.5 337.5 350 362.5 387.5 400 412.5 425 450 462.5 475
(L4) 135.5 160.5 173 185.5 198 223 235.5 248 273 285.5 298 310.5 323 348 360.5 373 398 410.5 423 435.5 460.5 473 485.5

2-4-137
J VQ1000/2000
Kit (Flat ribbon cable connector)

 MIL flat ribbon cable connector reduces installation labor for electrical VV5Q11 VV5Q21
connection.
 The use of flat ribbon cable connectors (20P) conforming to MIL Manifold Specifications
standards provides a wide range of compatibility with conventional
connectors. Porting specifications
 Top or side receptacle position can be selected in accordance with the Port size Applicable
Series Port
stations
available mounting space. location 1(P), 3(R) 4(A), 2(B)
 Maximum stations are 16.
VQ1000 Side C8 C3, C4, C6, M5 Max. 16 stations
VQ2000 Side C10 C4, C6, C8 Max. 16 stations
Flat Ribbon Cable (26 pins)

e
sid
U
ns
tio
e

ta
sid
Cable assembly 

S
D

·
···
···
3
2
1

1
AXT100-FC20- to3
Flat ribbon cable connector assembly can be ordered individually or
included in a specific manifold model no. Refer to How to Order Manifold.

Red
VV5Q11
30

e
sid
20

ns
19

tio
ta
S
Terminal no.

··
···
···
···
···
···
e
sid

···
D

3
2
1
Flat Ribbon Cable Connector Assembly (Option)
Cable length (L) Assembly part no. Note
1.5 m AXT100-FC20-1
Cable 20 core
3m AXT100-FC20-2 x 28AWG
5m AXT100-FC20-3
∗ For other commercial connectors, use a 20 pins with strain relief
conforming to MIL-C-83503.

Connector manufacturers’ example VV5Q21


• Hirose Electric Co., Ltd. • Japan Aviation Electronics Industry, Ltd.
• Sumitomo 3M Limited • J.S.T. Mfg. Co., Ltd.
• Fujitsu Limited • Oki Electric Cable Co., Ltd.
The total number of stations is tabulated starting from
one on the D side.

How to Order Manifold


Option
VV5Q 1 1 08 C6 J U 1 N Symbol
Nil
Option
None
VQ1000 VQ2000
 
Note

B Back pressure check valve   (2)


Connector Cable (Length) D DIN rail mounting style  
Series entry direction
0 Without cable G1 1 set of regulator unit
1 VQ1000 Top entry
U
1 With cable (1.5 m) G2 2 sets of regulator unit  (3)
2 VQ2000 S Side entry
2 With cable (3 m) G3 3 sets of regulator unit
3 With cable (5 m) J With vacuum ejector unit  (4)

Cylinder port Special Wiring Specifications


K   (5)
Manifold Symbol
(Not double wiring)
Port size VQ1000 VQ2000
1 Plug-in unit C3 N With name plate  
With One-touch fitting for ø3.2 
C4 R External pilot   (6)
With One-touch fitting for ø4  
C6 S Built-in silencer, direct exhaust  
With One-touch fitting for ø6  
Stations C8 With One-touch fitting for ø8 
Note 1) When two or more symbols are specified,
indicate them alphabetically. Example) -
02 2 stations M5 M5 thread  BRS
···

···

CM With mixed size/with port plug  


(3)
Note 2) Models with a suffix “-B” have check valves
16 16 stations for prevention of back pressure at all
Note 1) Insert “L” (top piping) or “B” (bottom
manifold stations. If not all stations need
Note) For details, refer piping) for elbow type.
this check valve, specify the stations
to page 2-4-178. Example) B6 (Elbow One-touch fittings for
where check valves are installed by using
ø6, bottom piping.)
the manifold specification sheet.
Note 2) Indicate “LM” for models with elbow
Note 3) Specify the mounting position in the
fittings and mixed cylinder port sizes.
manifold specification sheet.
Note 3) Specify “Mixed size/with port plug” in the
Note 4) Refer to page 2-4-170 for the details of
manifold specification sheet.
ejector mounted styles. A combination of
Note 4) Inch-size One-touch fittings are available.
“J” and “N” is unavailable.
For details, refer to page 2-4-179.
Note 5) Specify the wiring specifications in the
manifold specification sheet.
2-4-138 Note 6) Indicate “R” for the valve with external
pilot.
Base Mounted

Plug-in Unit Series VQ1000/2000

VQC
SQ
VQ0
VQ4
 Electrical wiring specifications
VQ5
Flat ribbon cable connector Terminal no. Polarity
SOL.A
20 (–) (+)
1 station SOL.B
18 (–) (+) As the standard electrical wiring specifications, double wiring (connected to SOL. A VQZ
20 19 SOL.A and SOL. B) is adopted for the internal wiring of each station for 12 stations or less,
16 (–) (+)
18 17 2 stations SOL.B regardless of valve and option types.
16 15 SOL.A
14
12
(–)
(–)
(+)
(+) Mixed single and double wiring is available as an option.
VQD
14 13 3 stations SOL.B 10 (–) (+) For details, refer to page 2-4-178.
12 11 SOL.A 8 (–) (+)
10 9 4 stations SOL.B
6 (–) (+)
8 7 Triangle mark SOL.A (–) (+)
19
6 5 indicator position 5 stations SOL.B (–) (+) Note) When using the negative common specifications, use valves for
17
4 3 SOL.A (–) (+) negative common. (Refer to page 2-4-178.)
15
2 1 6 stations SOL.B (–) (+) For details, refer to “Option” on page 2-4-178.
13
SOL.A (–) (+)
11
7 stations SOL.B (–) (+)
Connector terminal no. 9
SOL.A 7 (–) (+)
8 stations SOL.B (–) (+)
5
4
3
COM (+) (–)
2
COM 1 (+) (–)
Note)
Positive common Negative common
specifications specifications

How to Order Valves How to Order Manifold Assembly


Specify the part numbers for valves and options
VQ 1 1 0 0 Y 5 together beneath the manifold base part number.

<Example>
Manual override
Series Flat ribbon cable kit with 3 m cable
Nil Non-locking push type (Tool required) VV5Q11-09C6PU2 ··· 1 set–Manifold base no.
1 VQ1000
B Locking type (Tool required) ∗VQ1100-5 ··········· 2 sets–Valve part no. (Stations 1 to 2)
2 VQ2000
C Locking type (Manual) ∗VQ1200-5 ··········· 4 sets–Valve part no. (Stations 3 to 6)
∗VQ1300-5 ··········· 2 sets–Valve part no. (Stations 7 to 8)
Type of actuation Light/Surge voltage suppressor ∗VVQ1000-10A-1 ···· 1 set–Blanking plate part no. (Station 9)
1 2 position single Nil Yes
2 2 position double Prefix the asterisk When ordering, specify the part
E None to the part nos. of nos. in order from the 1st.
3 3 position closed center
Coil voltage the solenoid valve, station in the D side. When part
4 3 position exhaust center etc. nos. written collectively are
5 3 position pressure center
Function 5 24 VDC complicated, specify by using
Symbol Specifications DC the manifold specification sheet.

Seal Nil
Standard (1.0 W)
tio e
sid

type 
ns
U

0 Metal seal
ta
S

High pressure (1.5 W)


·
···

1
e

Rubber seal
sid

H
···
D

type 
3
2
1

Low wattage (0.5 W)


Note) For external pilot and negative Y type 
COM specifications, refer to
“Option” on pages 2-4-178 to
2-4-179.

2-4-139
J
VQ1000
VQ1000/2000
Kit (Flat ribbon cable connector)

The broken lines indicate the DIN rail mounting style [-D] and the side entry connection [-PS].

(L4)
5.2 (L3)

Applicable connector: Flat ribbon cable connector (20P) 23.5 L2


(Conforming to MIL-C-83503) L1
8.8 28 P = 10.5 27
(12) 13
Indicator light

Manual override
1.5
4.8

(5.5)
PCW type

93.5

(35)
66
40.5

Mounting hole for 4-M4


=2
~

35
52 D side Stations 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 n U side
61.5
63.5
2-C8
R (EXH) port

R R DIN rail clamp screw

X X
40.7
9.3

P P
25
18.7
7.7
(12)

(7.5)

2n-C3, C4, C6, M5 2-C8


C3: One-touch fitting for ø3.2 P (SUP) port
C4: One-touch fitting for ø4
C6: One-touch fitting for ø6
M5: M5 thread

Dimensions Formula L1 = 10.5n + 44.5, L2 = 10.5n + 57.5 n: Station (Maximum 16 stations)


L n 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
L1 65.5 76 86.5 97 107.5 118 128.5 139 149.5 160 170.5 181 191.5 202 212.5
L2 78.5 89 99.5 110 120.5 131 141.5 152 162.5 173 183.5 194 204.5 215 225.5
(L3) 112.5 125 125 137.5 150 162.5 175 187.5 187.5 200 212.5 225 225 237.5 250
(L4) 123 135.5 135.5 148 160.5 173 185.5 198 198 210.5 223 235.5 235.5 248 260.5

2-4-140
Base Mounted

Plug-in Unit Series VQ1000/2000

VQ2000

The broken lines indicate the DIN rail mounting style [-D] and the side entry connection [-PS].

23.5 L2
Applicable connector: Flat ribbon cable connector (20P) L1
(Conforming to MIL-C-83503) 34.5 P = 16 34.5 6.5 VQC
(12) 13 Indicator light
Manual
override SQ
1 1

VQ0
VQ4
PCW type

120

VQ5

(5.5)
80

(35)
VQZ
46.2

VQD

Mounting hole for 4-M5


=4
10.6
~

35 (L3) (5.2)
52 (L4)
73.5

D side Stations 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 n U side

2-C10
R (EXH) port

DIN rail clamp screw

49
31.6
24.5
9.5

16

23
(7.5)
(12)

2n-C4, C6, C8
C4: One-touch fitting for ø4 P = 16 41
C6: One-touch fitting for ø6
C8: One-touch fitting for ø8 2-C10
P (SUP) port

Dimensions Formula L1 = 16n + 53, L2 = 16n + 68 n: Station (Maximum 16 stations)


L n 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
L1 85 101 117 133 149 165 181 197 213 229 245 261 277 293 309
L2 100 116 132 148 164 180 196 212 228 244 260 276 292 308 324
(L3) 125 150 162.5 175 187.5 212.5 225 237.5 262.5 275 287.5 300 312.5 337.5 350
(L4) 135.5 160.5 173 185.5 198 223 235.5 248 273 285.5 298 310.5 323 348 360.5

2-4-141
G VQ1000/2000
Kit (Flat ribbon cable connector with terminal block)

VV5Q11 VV5Q21

 Terminal block for power supply equipped with a 20 pins flat cable Manifold Specifications
connection for rationalized connection of valves.
Porting specifications
 Solenoid valves and power supply can be connected by the same
Port size Applicable
cable to a specific output unit that requires power supply from the Series Port
stations
output section to the internal circuit. (SI unit) licaition 1(P), 3(R) 4(A), 2(B)
 Maximum stations are 16.
VQ1000 Side C8 C3, C4, C6, M5 Max. 16 stations
VQ2000 Side C10 C4, C6, C8 Max. 16 stations

Flat Ribbon Cable (20 pins) Sta Us


ide
tio
ns The total number of stations
Cable assembly  ····
·····
·· 3 is tabulated starting from
1 2 Ds
AXT100-FC20- to 1 ide station one on the D side.
3
Flat ribbon cable connector assembly can be ordered individually or
included in a specific manifold model no. Refer to How to Order Manifold.

Red

Power supply terminal block


(Terminal screw M3)

Indicator light
Terminal no.

SI unit made by OMRON Corp.


Mountable for G71-OD16 (Order separately)

Flat Ribbon Cable Connector Assembly (Option)

tio ide
s
U

ns
Cable length (L) Assembly part no. Note

ta
S
·
1.5 m AXT100-FC20-1 ···
e

···
sid

Cable 20 core
D

3m AXT100-FC20-2
2

x 28AWG
1

5m AXT100-FC20-3
∗ For other commercial connectors, use a 20 pins with strain relief
conforming to MIL-C-83503.
Connector manufacturers’ example
• Hirose Electric Co., Ltd. • Japan Aviation Electronics Industry, Ltd.
• Oki Electric Cable Co. Ltd. • Sumitomo 3M Limited
• J.S.T. Mfg. Co., Ltd. • Fujitsu Limited

How to Order Manifold


Option
VV5Q 1 1 08 C6 G N Symbol
Nil
Option
None
VQ1000 VQ2000
 
Note

B Back pressure check valve   (2)


Series Cable (Length) D DIN rail mounting style  
1 VQ1000 Connector entry 0 Without cable G1 1 set of regulator unit
2 VQ2000 direction, Top entry 1 Cable length 1.5 m G2 2 sets of regulator unit  (3)

Nil For VQ1000 2 Cable length 3 m G3 3 sets of regulator unit


U For VQ2000 3 Cable length 5 m J With vacuum ejector unit  (4)

Manifold Special Wiring Specifications


Cylinder port K   (5)
(Not double wiring)
1 Plug-in unit
Symbol Port size VQ1000 VQ2000 N With name plate  
C3 With One-touch fitting for ø3.2  R External pilot   (6)
Stations C4 With One-touch fitting for ø4   S Built-in silencer, direct exhaust  
02 2 stations C6 With One-touch fitting for ø6   Note 1) When two or more symbols are specified,
···

···

C8 With One-touch fitting for ø8  indicate them alphabetically. Example) -BRS


Note) Note 2) Models with a suffix “-B” have check valves
16 16 stations M5 M5 thread 
for prevention of back pressure at all
Note) For details, refer CM With mixed size/with port plug   manifold stations. If not all stations need this
to page 2-4-178. Note 1) Insert “L” (top piping) or “B” (bottom piping) for check valve, specify the stations where
elbow type. check valves are installed by using the
Example) B6 (Elbow One-touch fittings for ø6, manifold specification sheet.
bottom piping.) Note 3) Specify the mounting position in the manifold
Note 2) Indicate “LM” for models with elbow fittings and specification sheet.
mixed cylinder port sizes. Note 4) Refer to page 2-4-170 for the details of
Note 3) Specify “Mixed size/with port plug” in the ejector mounted styles. A combination of “J”
manifold specification sheet. and “N” is unavailable.
Note 4) Inch-size One-touch fittings are available. For Note 5) Specify the wiring specifications in the
details, refer to page 2-4-179. manifold specification sheet.
Note 6) Indicate “R” for the valve with external pilot.
2-4-142
Base Mounted

Plug-in Unit Series VQ1000/2000

VQC
SQ
VQ0
VQ4
VQ5
 Connector assembly
VQZ
Electric circuit diagram (Below wiring is the case of all double solenoid connections.)

Flat ribbon cable connector Terminal no. VQD


SOL.A 20
As the standard electrical
{
1 station SOL.B
SOL.A
18
16 wiring specifications,
{
2 stations SOL.B 14 double wiring (connected
SOL.A 12 to SOL. A and SOL. B) is
3 stations
{ SOL.B 10 adopted for the internal
SOL.A 8
wiring of each station for 8
4 stations
{ SOL.B 6
stations or less, regardless
SOL.A 19
5 stations
{ SOL.B 17 of valve and option types.
SOL.A 15 Mixed single and double
Connector
6 stations
{ SOL.B 13 wiring is available as an
SOL.A 11
terminal no. option. For details, refer to
7 stations
{ SOL.B
SOL.A
9
page 2-4-178.
7

Triangle mark
8 stations
{ SOL.B 5
indicator position
3.4

24 VDC +
1.2

How to Order Valves How to Order Manifold Assembly


Specify the part numbers for valves and options
VQ 1 1 0 0 Y 5 together beneath the manifold base part
number.
<Example>
Manual override
Series Flat ribbon cable with power supply terminal block and
Nil Non-locking push type (Tool required) 3 m cable
1 VQ1000
B Lockking type (Tool required) VV5Q11-08C6G2 ··· 1 set–Manifold base no.
2 VQ2000 ∗VQ1100-5 ············· 4 sets–Valve part no. (Stations 1 to 4)
C Locking type (Manual)
∗VQ1200-5 ············· 1 set–Valve part no. (Station 5)
Type of actuation ∗VQ1300-5 ············· 3 sets–Valve part no. (Stations 6 to 8)
Light/Surge voltage suppressor
1 2 position single Nil Yes Prefix the asterisk to Write sequentially from the 1st
2 2 position double E None the part nos. of the station on the D side. When part
3 3 position closed center solenoid valve, etc. nos. written collectively are
4 3 position exhaust center Coil voltage complicated, specify by using the
manifold specification sheet.
5 3 position pressure center 5 24 VDC

Function U
Sta side
Seal tio
Symbol Specifications DC ns
0 Metal seal ·····
···
(1.0 W) 3
2 Ds
1 Rubber seal Nil Standard type ide
 1

High pressure (1.5 W)


Note) For external pilot specifications, H type 
refer to “Option” on page 2-4-
179. Low wattage (0.5 W)
Y type 

2-4-143
G
VQ1000
VQ1000/2000
Kit (Flat ribbon cable connector with terminal block)

The broken lines and dimensions in parentheses indicate DIN rail mounting style [-D].

Indicator light
Power supply terminal block P = 10.5
Indicator light
(Terminal screw M3)

Manual
override
=2

Mounting hole for M4


~

Triangle mark indicator position


Applicable connector: Flat ribbon cable connector (20P)
(Conforming to MIL-C-83503)
D side Stations ··· 1 ··· 2 ··· 3 ··· 4 ··· 5 ··· 6 ··· 7 ··· 8 ···· n U side

3(R) EXH port

DIN rail clamp screw

2n-C3, C4, C6, M5


C3: One-touch fitting for ø3.2
C4: One-touch fitting for ø4 1(P) SUP port
C6: One-touch fitting for ø6
M5: M5 thread

Dimensions Formula L1 = 10.5n + 45.5, L2 = 10.5n + 63 n: Station (Maximum 16 stations)


L n 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
L1 66.5 77 87.5 98 108.5 119 129.5 140 150.5 161 171.5 182 192.5 203 213.5
L2 84 94.5 105 115.5 126 136.5 147 157.5 168 178.5 189 199.5 210 220.5 231
(L3) 112.5 125 125 137.5 150 162.5 175 187.5 187.5 200 212.5 225 237.5 250 262.5
(L4) 123 135.5 135.5 148 160.5 173 185.5 198 198 210.5 223 235.5 248 260.5 273
Vacuum ejector unit style: Formula L1 = 10.5n + 29.7 + (Number of ejector units x 26.7)
L2 = 10. 5n + 46.8 + (Number of ejector units x 26.7)
L4 is L2 plus about 30.

2-4-144
Base Mounted

Plug-in Unit Series VQ1000/2000

VQ2000

The broken lines indicate the DIN rail mounting style [-D].

VQC
SQ
P = 16
Power supply terminal block
(Terminal screw M3) Indicator light VQ0
Manual
override
VQ4
Indicator light
VQ5
VQZ
VQD

Mounting hole for 4-M5


=4

Applicable connector: Flat ribbon cable connector (20P)


~

(Conforming to MIL-C-83503)

Flat ribbon cable connector assembly (20P)


AXT100-FC20-1: 1.5 m
AXT100-FC20-2: 3 m D side Stations ···· 1 ····· 2 ····· 3 ····· 4 ····· 5 ····· 6 ······ 7 ······ 8 ····· n U side
AXT100-FC20-3: 5 m

3(R) EXH port


DIN rail clamp screw

P = 16
2n-C4, C6, C8
C4: One-touch fitting for ø4
C6: One-touch fitting for ø6 1(P) SUP port
C8: One-touch fitting for ø8

Dimensions Formula L1 = 16n + 53, L2 = 16n + 87 n: Station (Maximum 16 stations)


L n 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
L1 85 101 117 133 149 165 181 197 213 229 245 261 277 293 309
L2 119 135 151 167 183 199 215 231 247 263 279 295 311 327 343
(L3) 150 162.5 175 187.5 212.5 225 237.5 262.5 275 287.5 300 325 337.5 350 362.5
(L4) 160.5 173 185.5 198 223 235.5 248 273 285.5 298 310.5 335.5 348 360.5 373
Vacuum ejector unit style: Formula L1 = 10.5n + 29.7 + (Number of ejector units x 26.7)
L2 = 10. 5n + 46.8 + (Number of ejector units x 26.7)
L4 is L2 plus about 30.

2-4-145
T VQ1000/2000
Kit (Terminal block box kit)
IP65 compliant G 1/2
2-G 3/4
Electrical entry
 This kit has a small terminal box inside a junction box. The VV5Q11 VV5Q21
Electrical entry

electrical entry port {VQ1000: G 1/2, VQ2000: G 3/4} permits

ns
···n dede
connection of conduit fittings.

tio
···tio sisi

ta
···ta UU

S
s
 Maximum stations are 24.

···S
····
 Enclosure: Dusttight/Low jetproof type (IP65) compliant (Series

···
11 2 sisdiede

3···
DD

23
VQ2000)

Manifold Specifications
Porting specifications
Series Port Port size Applicable stations
location 1(P), 3(R) 4(A), 2(B)
VQ1000 Side C8 C3, C4, C6, M5 Max. 24 stations The total number of
VQ2000 Side C10 C4, C6, C8 Max. 20 stations stations is tabulated
Terminal block connection  starting from station
one on the D side.
Open the terminal block cover to connect
the wires to the terminal block.  Electrical wiring specifications: VQ1000
Step 1. How to remove terminal block cover Terminal no. Polarity
Loosen the screws on the terminal block cover and open COM. COM (+) (–)
it in the direction shown by the arrow. The cover can SOL.A 1A (–) (+)
then be removed from the terminal block. 1 station
{ SOL.B 1B (–) (+)
SOL.A 2A (–) (+)
2 stations
{ SOL.B 2B (–) (+)
SOL.A 3A (–) (+)
3 stations
{ SOL.B 3B (–) (+)
SOL.A 4A (–) (+)
4 stations
{ SOL.B 4B (–) (+)
SOL.A 5A (–) (+)
Cover
Step 2. Wire connection 1st row 2nd row 3rd row
5 stations
{ SOL.B 5B (–) (+)
The diagram on the left shows the terminal block wiring SOL.A 6A (–) (+)
The quantity of terminal blocks used depends
schematic. All stations are provided with double solenoid on the number of manifold stations:
6 stations
{ SOL.B 6B (–) (+)
SOL.A 7A (–) (+)
wiring. Insert each lead wire into the terminal opening
and tighten the screw directly above.
Manifold Terminal blocks 7 stations
{ SOL.B 7B (–) (+)
2 to 8 stations 2 rows SOL.A 8A (–) (+)
How to connect is inserting the lead wire into the terminal
window, then tighten the screw on the top. 9 to 12 stations 3 rows
8 stations
{ SOL.B 8B (–) (+)
SOL.A 9A (–) (+)
As the standard electrical wiring
specifications, double wiring
9 stations
{ SOL.B 9B (–) (+)
SOL.A 10A (–) (+)
(connected to SOL. A and SOL.
B) is adopted for the internal
10 stations
{ SOL.B 10B (–) (+)
SOL.A 11A (–) (+)
wiring of each station for 12
stations or less, regardless of
11 stations
{ SOL.B 11B (–) (+)
SOL.A 12A1 (–) (+)
valve and option types.
Mixed single and double wiring
12 stations
{ SOL.B 2B (–) (+)
COM. COM (+) (–)
is available as an option. For Note)
Positive Negative
Step 3. How to replace details, refer to page 2-4-178. common common
terminal block cover Note) When using the negative common specifications, specifications specifications
Hook groove (a) on shaft (b) and close the cover. use valves for negative common.
Then tighten the screws. (a) (b) For details, refer to “Option” on page 2-4-178.

How to Order Manifold


Option
VV5Q 1 1 08 C6 T0 N Symbol
Nil None
Option VQ1000 VQ2000 Note
 
B With back pressure check valve   (2)
Series
D DIN rail mounting style  
1 VQ1000
Cylinder port G1 1 set of regulator unit
2 VQ2000
Symbol Port size VQ1000 VQ2000 G2 2 sets of regulator unit  (3)

C3 With One-touch fitting for ø3.2  G3 3 sets of regulator unit


Manifold
C4 With One-touch fitting for ø4   J With vacuum ejector unit  (4)
1 Plug-in unit
C6 With One-touch fitting for ø6   Special wiring specifications
K   (5)
Stations C8 With One-touch fitting for ø8  (Not double wiring)
02 2 stations M5 M5 thread  N With name plate  
CM With mixed size/with port plug   (3) R External pilot   (6)
···

···

24 Note) 24 stations Note 1) Insert “L” (top piping) or “B” (bottom S Built-in silencer, direct exhaust  
piping) for elbow type. W Enclosure: Dusttight/Low jetproof type (IP65) 
Note) VQ2000: Max. 20 stations Example) B6 (Elbow One-touch
For details, refer to page 2- fittings for ø6, bottom piping.) Note 1) When two or more symbols are specified, indicate them
4-178. Note 2) Indicate “LM” for models with elbow alphabetically. Example) -BRS
fittings and mixed cylinder port sizes. Note 2) Models with a suffix “-B” have check valves for prevention of
Note 3) Specify “Mixed size/with port plug” in back pressure at all manifold stations. If not all stations need
For negative common specifications, the manifold specification sheet. this check valve, specify the stations where check valves are
refer to “Option” on page 2-4-178. Note 4) For One-touch fittings in inch size, installed by using the manifold specification sheet.
refer to “Option” on page 2-4-179. Note 3) Specify the mounting position in the manifold
specification sheet.
Note 4) Refer to page 2-4-170 for the details of ejector mounted
styles. A combination of “J” and “N” is unavailable.
Note 5) Specify the wiring specifications in the manifold
specification sheet.
Note 6) Indicate “R” for the valve with external pilot.
2-4-146
Base Mounted

Plug-in Unit Series VQ1000/2000

VQC
 Special wiring specifications: VQ2000

tio e
ta id
S Us

ns
SQ

·
Terminal no. Polarity

···
···
e
sid

3
D
SOL.A 1A (–) (+)

2
{ VQ0

1
1 station SOL.B 1B (–) (+)
SOL.A 2A (–) (+)
2 stations { SOL.B
SOL.A
2B
3A
(–)
(–)
(+)
(+)
VQ4
3 stations { SOL.B 3B (–) (+)
SOL.A 4A (–) (+) VQ5
4 stations { SOL.B 4B (–) (+)
SOL.A
5 stations { SOL.B
5A
5B
(–)
(–)
(+)
(+)
VQZ
2-G 3/4
SOL.A 6A (–) (+)
6 stations { SOL.B 6B (–) (+)
Electrical entry
VQD
SOL.A 7A (–) (+) The total number of stations is tabulated
7 stations { SOL.B 7B (–) (+) starting from station one on the D side.
SOL.A 8A (–) (+)
Irrespective of the valves or
options, the internal wiring is made 8 stations { SOL.B 8B (–) (+)
double (connected to SOL.A and SOL.A 9A (–) (+)
SOL.B) for respective stations of 9 stations { SOL.B 9B (–) (+)
the manifold.
Mixed single and double wiring is SOL.A 10A (–) (+)
available as an option. For details, 10 stations { SOL.B 10B (–) (+)
refer to page 2-4-178.
Note) When using the negative
COM. (+) (–)
common specifications, use
valves for negative Note)
Positive Negative
common.
common common
For details, refer to “Option”
on page 2-4-178. specifications specifications

VV5Q21
Dust tight/Low jetproof type

How to Order Valves How to Order Manifold Assembly


Specify the part numbers for valves and options
VQ 1 1 0 0 Y 5 together beneath the manifold base part number.

Series Enclosure <Example>


1 VQ1000 Nil Dust-protected Terminal block box kit
Note)
2 VQ2000 W Dusttight/Low jetproof type (IP65) VV5Q11-08C6T0 ··· 1 set–Manifold base no.
∗VQ1100-5 ·········· 2 sets–Valve part no. (Stations 1 to 2)
Type of actuation Note) VQ2000 only. ∗VQ1200-5 ·········· 4 sets–Valve part no. (Stations 3 to 6)
∗VQ1300-5 ·········· 1 set–Valve part no. (Station 7)
1 2 position single Manual override ∗VVQ1000-10A-1 ··· 1 set–Blanking plate part no. (Station 8)
2 2 position double Nil Non-locking push type (Tool required)
3 3 position closed center B Locking type (Tool required) Prefix the asterisk Write sequentially from the 1st
4 3 position exhaust center C Locking type (Manual) to the part nos. of station on the D side. When part
the solenoid valve, nos. written collectively are
5 3 position pressure center Light/Surge voltage suppressor etc. complicated, specify by using the
Nil Yes manifold specification sheet.
Seal
0 E None
tio de

Metal seal
ta si
U

Coil voltage
ns

1 Rubber seal Function


S
·
···

Note) For external pilot 1 100 VAC (50/60 Hz)


e

···
sid
D

Symbol Specifications DC AC
3

and negative COM


2

3 100 VAC (50/60 Hz)


1

specifications, refer Nil Standard (1.0 W) Note)


type   5 24 VDC
to “Option” on
pages 2-4-178 to
6 12 VDC
High pressure (1.5 W)
2-4-179. H —
type 
Low wattage (0.5 W) Note) For power consumption
Y — of AC type, refer to page
type 
2-4-179.

2-4-147
T
VQ1000
VQ1000/2000
Kit (Terminal block box kit)

The broken lines and dimensions in parentheses indicate DIN rail mounting style [-D].

Indicator light
P = 10.5

Manual
override
Top entry port
Not machined

Mounting hole for M4


=2
~

D side Stations ······ 1 ····· 2 ····· 3 ····· 4 ····· 5 ·····6 ·····7 ····· 8 ····· n U side
DIN rail clamp screw
3(R) EXH port

G 1/2
Electrical entry

2n-C3, C4, C6, M5 1(P) SUP port


C3: One-touch fitting for ø3.2
C4: One-touch fitting for ø4
C6: One-touch fitting for ø6
< >: AC M5: M5 thread

Dimensions Formula L1 = 10.5n + 45.5, L2 = 10.5n + 105 n: Station (Maximum 24 stations)


L n 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
L1 66.5 77 87.5 98 108.5 119 129.5 140 150.5 161 171.5 182 192.5 203 213.5 224 234.5 245 255.5 266 276.5 287 297.5
L2 126 136.5 147 157.5 168 178.5 189 199.5 210 220.5 231 241.5 252 262.5 273 283.5 294 304.5 315 325.5 336 346.5 357
(L3) 150 162.5 175 187.5 187.5 200 212.5 225 237.5 250 262.5 262.5 275 287.5 300 312.5 325 325 337.5 350 362.5 375 387.5
(L4) 160.5 173 185.5 198 198 210.5 223 235.5 248 260.5 273 273 285.5 298 310.5 323 335.5 335.5 348 360.5 373 385.5 398
Vacuum ejector unit style: Formula L1 = 10.5n + 29.7 + (Number of ejector units x 26.7)
L2 = 10.5n + 88.8 + (Number of ejector units x 26.7)
L4 is L2 plus about 30.

2-4-148
Base Mounted

Plug-in Unit Series VQ1000/2000

VQ2000

The broken lines and dimensions in parentheses indicate DIN rail mounting style [-D].

VQC

(L4)
SQ
(L3) 5.2
L2 VQ0
L1
100 P = 16 34.5 6.5
(12) 13 Indicator light Manual
VQ4
override
1
VQ5

STA TERMINANAL
D SIDE

U SIDE
1 1A 1B

2 2A 2B

3 3A 3B

4 4A 4B
NO.
VQZ
<129>

(5.5)
VQD
120
126

80
(35)
46.2
10.6
4
76 Mounting hole
6.5

for 4-M5

D side Stations 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 n U side


(L4)
(L3)
2-G 3/4 2-C10
L2 + 0.5 Electrical entry R (EXH) port
L1+ 0.5
DIN rail clamp
100.5 screw
46.5

49
31.6
24.5
STA TERMINANAL
D SIDE

U SIDE
1 1A 1B

2 2A 2B

3 3A 3B

4 4A 4B

16
9.5
NO.

23
<137.5>

2n-C3, C4, C6, C8

(7.5)
(12)
C3: One-touch fitting for ø3.2 P = 16 41
128

C4: One-touch fitting for ø4


126

2-C10
80

C6: One-touch fitting for ø6


P (SUP) port
C8: One-touch fitting for ø8
6.5

< >: AC

Dimensions Formula L1 = 16n + 118.5, L2 = 16n + 131 n: Station (Maximum 10 stations)


L n 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
L1 150.5 166.5 182.5 198.5 214.5 230.5 246.5 262.5 278.5 294.5 310.5 326.5 342.5 358.5 374.5 390.5 406.5 422.5 438.5
L2 163 179 195 211 227 243 259 275 291 307 323 339 355 371 387 403 419 435 451
(L3) 187.5 200 225 237.5 250 262.5 287.5 300 312.5 337.5 350 362.5 375 400 412.5 425 450 462.5 475
(L4) 198 210.5 235.5 248 260.5 273 298 310.5 323 348 360.5 373 385.5 410.5 423 435.5 460.5 473 485.5

2-4-149
L VQ1000/2000
Kit (Lead wire cable)
IP65 compliant
 Direct electrical entry. Models with one or more stations are
available.
 (SUP) and R (EXH) ports are provided on one side for further space Manifold Specifications
savings. Porting specifications
 Maximum stations are 8. Applicable
 Enclosure: Dusttight/Low jetproof type (IP65) compliant (Series Series Port Port size
stations
VQ2000) location 1(P), 3(R) 4(A), 2(B)
VQ1000 Side C8 C3, C4, C6, M5 Max. 8 stations
Wiring specifications: Positive COM  VQ2000 Side C10 C6, C8 Max. 8 stations
Three lead wires are attached to each station regardless of the

e
type of valve which is mounted.

sid
U

ns
tio
The red wire is for COM connection.

ta
S
·
···
e

···
sid
Lead wire color Lead wire color

3
2
SOL.A SOL.A

1
(–) Black (–) Black

COM(+) Red COM(+) Red

SOL.B SOL.B
(–) White (–) White
Single solenoid Double solenoid

Black: A side solenoid (–)

Red: COM (+)

e
sid

ns
U

tio
ta
S
·
···
Number of

···
e
sid

3
stations

2
1
Cable 3 cores x 24AWG

White: B side solenoid (–)


(Not used for single solenoid)

Use any of the following cable lead wire assembly to change the lead wire length:
Lead Wire Assembly with Connector
Lead wire length Part no.
0.6 m VVQ1000-84A-6-∗ The total number of stations
1.5 m VVQ1000-84A-15-∗ is tabulated on the D side.
3m VVQ1000-84A-30-∗
∗ No. of stations 1 to 8

How to Order Manifold


Option
VV5Q 1 1 06 C6 L 1 N Symbol
Nil
Option
None
VQ1000 VQ2000 Note
 
Cable (Length) B With back pressure check valve   (2)
Series DIN rail mounting style  
0 Cable length 0.6 m D
1 VQ1000 Cylinder port G1 1 set of regulator unit  (3)
1 Cable length 1.5 m
2 VQ2000 Symbol Port size VQ1000 VQ2000 G2 2 sets of regulator units  (3)
2 Cable length 3 m
C3 With One-touch fitting for ø3.2  G3 3 sets of regulator units  (3)
C4 With One-touch fitting for ø4   J With vacuum ejector unit  (4)
Manifold C6 With One-touch fitting for ø6   N With name plate  
1 Plug-in unit C8 With One-touch fitting for ø8  R External pilot   (5)
Stations M5 M5 thread  S Built-in silencer, direct exhaust  
(3)
01 1 station CM With mixed size/with port plug   Enclosure: Dusttight/Low
W 
Note 1) Insert “L“ (top piping) or “B“ (bottom piping) jetproof type (IP65)
···

···

for elbow type. (VQ1000 only) Note 1) When two or more symbols are specified,
08 8 stations Example) B6 (Elbow One-touch fittings for indicate them alphabetically. Example) -BRS
Note) For negative common ø6, bottom piping.) Note 2) Models with a suffix “-B” have check valves for
specifications, refer to Note 2) Indicate “LM” for models with elbow fittings prevention of back pressure at all manifold
“Option” on page 2-4- and mixed cylinder port sizes. stations. If not all stations need this check valve,
178. Note 3) Specify “Mixed size/with port plug” in the specify the stations where check valves are
manifold specification sheet. installed by the manifold specification sheet.
Note 4) Inch-size One-touch fittings are available. Note 3) Specify the mounting position in the manifold
For details, refer to page 2-4-179. specification sheet.
Note 4) Refer to page 2-4-170 for the details of ejector
mounted styles. A combination of “J“ and “N“ is
unavailable.
Note 5) Indicate “R” for the valve with external pilot.

2-4-150
Base Mounted

Plug-in Unit Series VQ1000/2000

 Wiring specifications: Negative COM (Option)


Three lead wires are attached to each station regardless of the
type of valve which is mounted. VQC
The black wire is for COM connection.
Lead wire color Lead wire color SQ
SOL.A SOL.A
(+) Red (+) Red
VQ0
COM(–) Black COM(–) Black
VQ4
SOL.B SOL.B
(+) White (+) White
Single solenoid Double solenoid
VQ5
VV5Q21
Dusttight/Low jetproof type
VQZ
Red: A side solenoid (+)

VQD
Black: COM (–)

Number of
stations

Cable 3 cores x 24AWG

White: B side solenoid (+)


(Not used for single solenoid)

Lead Wire Assembly with Connector


Lead wire length Part no.
0.6 m VVQ1000-84AN-6-∗
1.5 m VVQ1000-84AN-15-∗
3m VVQ1000-84AN-30-∗
∗ No. of stations 1 to 8

Note) When using the negative common specifications, use valves for
negative common. For negative common specifications, refer to “Option”
on page 2-4-178.

How to Order Valves How to Order Manifold Assembly


Specify the part numbers for valves and
VQ 1 1 0 0 Y 5 options together beneath the manifold base
part number.
Series <Example>
Enclosure
1 VQ1000 Lead wire kit with cable (3 m)
2 VQ2000 Nil Dusttight VV5Q11-06C6L2 ···· 1 set–Manifold base no.
Dusttight/Low jetproof Note) ∗VQ1100-5 ·········· 2 sets–Valve part no. (Stations 1 to 2)
Type of actuation W type (IP65)
∗VQ1200-5 ·········· 2 sets–Valve part no. (Stations 3 to 4)
1 2 position single Note) VQ2000 only. ∗VQ1300-5 ·········· 1 set–Valve part no. (Station 5)
2 2 position double ∗VVQ1000-10A-1 ··· 1 set–Blanking plate part no. (Station 6)
3 3 position closed center Manual override
4 3 position exhaust center
Nil Non-locking push type (Tool required) Prefix the asterisk Write sequentially from the
5 3 position pressure center to the part nos. of 1st station on the D side.
B Locking type (Tool required)
Seal C Locking type (Manual)
the solenoid valve, When part nos. written
etc. collectively are complicated,
0 Metal seal specify by using the manifold
1 Rubber seal Light/Surge voltage suppressor specification sheet.
ta de
ns

Nil Yes
si

Note) For external pilot and


U

tio
S

negative COM specifications, E None


·
···
···

refer to “Option” on 2-4-178


e
sid

3
D

to 2-4-179.
2

Coil voltage
1

Function
1 100 VAC (50/60 Hz)
Symbol Specifications DC AC
Nil (1.0 W)   Note)
2 200 VAC (50/60 Hz)
Standard type
3 110 VAC (50/60 Hz)
H High pressure type (1.5 W)  —
4 220 VAC (50/60 Hz)
Y Low wattage type (0.5 W)  —
5 24 VDC
Note) For power consumption of AC type,
6 12 VDC
refer to page 2-4-129.

2-4-151
L
VQ1000
VQ0000/1000/2000
Kit (Lead wire cable)

The broken lines indicate DIN rail mounting style [-D].

Indicator light

Manual override

Number of
stations

Lead wire
AWG24 x
3 cores

Mounting hole for M4


=2
~

D side Stations ······ 1 ···· 2 ···· 3 ··· 4 ···· 5 ··· 6 ···· 7 ···· n U side

3(R) EXH port

DIN rail clamp screw

2n-C3, C4, C6, M5


C3: One-touch fitting for ø3.2
1(P) SUP port C4: One-touch fitting for ø4
C6: One-touch fitting for ø6
< >: AC M5: M5 thread

Dimensions Formula L1 = 16n + 35, L2 = 16n + 47 n: Station (Maximum 8 stations)


L n 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
L1 39 49.5 60 70.5 81 91.5 102 112.5
L2 48.5 59 69.5 80 90.5 101 111.5 122
(L3) 75 87.5 87.5 100 112.5 125 137.5 150
(L4) 85.5 98 98 110.5 123 135.5 148 160.5
Vacuum ejector unit style: Formula L1 = 10.5n + 28.5 + (Number of ejector units x 26.7)
L2 = 10.5n + 38 + (Number of ejector units x 26.7)
L4 is L2 plus about 30.

2-4-152
Base Mounted

Plug-in Unit Series VQ1000/2000

VQ2000

The broken lines indicate the DIN rail mounting style [-D].

VQC
Lead wire
Indicator light
SQ
AWG24 x 3 cores
Manual override
Mounting hole
for 4-M5 VQ0
VQ4
Number of stations
VQ5
VQZ
VQD
=4
~

(Dusttight/Low jetproof type)

D side Stations ···· 1 ····· 2 ····· 3 ····· 4 ····· 5 ····· 6 ····· n U side

3(R) EXH port

DIN rail clamp screw

Number of
stations

Lead wire
AWG24
P = 16
1(P) SUP port 2n-C4, C6, C8
C4: One-touch fitting for ø4
Dusttight/Low jetproof type C6: One-touch fitting for ø6
Lead wire kit C8: One-touch fitting for ø8

< >: AC

Dimensions Formula L1 = 16n + 35, L2 = 16n + 47 n: Station (Maximum 8 stations)


L n 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
L1 51 67 83 99 115 131 147 163
L2 63 79 95 111 127 143 159 175
(L3) 87.5 100 125 137.5 150 162.5 184.5 200
(L4) 98 110.5 135.5 148 160.5 173 198 210.5

2-4-153
G 1/2

S VQ1000/2000
Kit (Serial transmission unit)
G 1/2
IP65 compliant prepared hole Dusttight type (-XP)
VV5Q11 VV5Q21
 The serial transmission system reduces wiring work, while minimizing
wiring and saving space.
 The system comes in type SA (generic for small scale systems) for
equipment with a small number of I/O points, or 32 points max., type SB Manifold Specifications
(applicable to Mitsubishi Electric models) for controlling 512 I/O points
Porting specifications
max., type SC (applicable to OMRON models), type SD (applicable to
SHARP models: 504 points max.), type SF (applicable to NKE models: 128 Series Port size Applicable
Port
points max.), type SJ (applicable to SUNX models), type SK (applicable to stations
location 1(P), 3(R) 4(A), 2(B)
Fuji Electric models), type SQ (applicable to OMRON’s Compo Bus/D), and
type SR (applicable to OMRON’s Compo Bus/S). VQ1000 Side C8 C3, C4, C6, M5 Max. 16 stations
 Max. 16 stations. (Specify a model with 9 to 16 stations by using the
VQ2000 Side C10 C4, C6, C8 Max. 16 stations
manifold specification sheet.)
 Enclosure: Dusttight, Low jetproof type (IP65) compliant (Series VQ2000)
Type SA Type SB
e
sid

With general type SI unit Mitsubishi Electric Corporation


ns
U

tio
ta

(Series EX300) MELSECNET/MINI-S3 Data Link System


S
·
···
···
e
sid

3
D

2
1

ADDRESS NO. STATION NO.


Name of terminal block (LED)

POWER RUN SD RD ERR


RUN TRD
ERR

ù10 ù1

24V 0V S1 S2 SG R1 R2 FG 24V 0V SDA SDB SG RDA RDB FG

LED Description LED Description


TRD Lighting during data reception POWER Lighting when power is turned ON
Blinking when Lighting when data transmission
RUN with the master station is normal
RUN/ERR received data is normal;
Lighting when data reception RD Lighting during data reception
 Stations are counted from station
SD Lighting during data transmission
1 on the D side.
Lighting when reception data error occurs.
 Double wiring (connected to SOL. ERR. Light turns off when the error is corrected.
A and SOL. B) is adopted for the
internal wiring of each station, M3 screw • T unit • Master station:
regardless of valve and option Can be connected with PLC I/O card for PLC made by Mitsubishi Electric
types. The optional specification serial transmission. Corporation
permits the mixture of single and EX300-TMB1···For models of Mitsubishi Series MELSEC-A
double wiring. For details, refer to Electric Corporation AJ71PT32-S3, AJ71T32-S3
page 2-4-178. EX300-TTA1···For models of OMRON A1SJ71PT32-S3
Note

Corporation ∗ Max. 64 stations, connected to remote I/O


Item Specifications EX300-TFU1···For models of Fuji Electri stations (Max. 512 points).
Co., Ltd. • No. of output points, 16 points. No. of sta.
External power supply 24 VDC +10%, –5% EX300-TOO1··· For general models occupied, 2 stations
∗ Up to 32 points per unit.
Current consumption SA, SB, SBB, SD, SE, SF1, SH, SG, SJ12, • No. of output points, 16 points
(Internal unit) SK, SQ, SR 12, SU, SV: 0.1A SC: 0.3A
∗ For details on specifications and handling, refer to the separate technical instruction manual.

How to Order Manifold


Option

Series
VV5Q 1 1 08 C6 SA N XP
Dust-protected type
Symbol
Nil
Option
None
VQ1000 VQ2000 Note
 
1 Manifold (-XP) B With back pressure check valve   (2)
VQ1000
Suffix “-XP“ for the dust- D DIN rail mounting style  
2 VQ2000 1 Plug-in unit protected type SI units. G1 1 set of regulator unit
(Except SE and SQ) 
Stations Model G2 2 sets of regulator unit (3)

Note) For details, refer to G3 3 sets of regulator unit


02 2 stations O Without SI unit
page 2-4-178. J With vacuum ejector unit  (4)
···

···

A With general type SI unit (Series EX300)


K Special wiring specifications
 
Max.16 stations

Note) (2) (5)


16 16 stations Mitsubishi Electric Corp.: (Not double wiring)
B
MELSECNET/MINI-S3 Data Link System With name plate  
N
Cylinder port Mitsubishi Electric Corp.: with external pilot  
BB R (6)
Symbol Port size VQ1000 VQ2000 MELSECNET/MINI-S3 Data Link System (2 power supply lines) S Built-in silencer, direct exhaust  
C OMRON Corp.: SYSBUS Wire System
C3 With One-touch fitting for ø3.2 
D SHARP Corp.: Satellite I/O Link System W Enclosure: Dust tight/Low jetproof type
(IP65) (Except SE)
 (8)
C4 With One-touch fitting for ø4  
E Matsushita Electric Works: MEWNET-F System Note 1) When two or more symbols are specified,
C6 With One-touch fitting for ø6   F1 NKE Corp.: Uni-wire System (16 output points) indicate them alphabetically.
C8 With One-touch fitting for ø8  G Rockwell Automation: Allen Bradley Remote I/O (RIO) System Example) -BRS.
Note 2) Models with a suffix “-B” have check valves
M5 M5 thread  H NKE Corp.: Uni-wire H System
for prevention of back pressure at all
CM With mixed size/with port plug   (3) J1 SUNX Corp.: S-LINK System (16 output points) manifold stations. If not all stations need
Max. 8
Note 1) Insert “L” (top piping) or “B” (bottom J2 SUNX Corp.: S-LINK System (8 output points) stations this check valve, specify the stations where
K Fuji Electric Co.: T-LINK Mini System check valves are installed by manifold
piping) for elbow type. (VQ1000 specification sheet.
DeviceNet, CompoBus/D (OMRON Corp.) Max.16
only). Q stations Note 3) Specify the mounting position in the
Example) B6 (Elbow One-touch R1 OMRON Corp.: CompoBus/S System (16 output points) manifold specification sheet.
fittings for ø6, bottom piping.) R2 OMRON Corp.: CompoBus/S System (8 output points) stations Max. 8 Note 4) Refer to page 2-4-170 for the details of
Note 2) Specify as “LM” for models with Max. 16 ejector mounted styles. A combination of
U JEMANET (JPCN-1) stations “J” and “N” is unavailable.
elbow fittings and mixed cylinder port Max. 16
V Mitsubishi Electric Corp.: CC-LINK System stations Note 5) Specify the wiring specifications in the
sizes.
manifold specification sheet.
Note 3) Specify “Mixed size/with port plug” in Note 1) The general type requires a transmission unit on CPU Note 6) Indicate “R” for the valve with external pilot.
the manifold specification sheet. side. Note 7) A combination of “W“ and “XP“ is
Note 4) For inch-size One-touch fittings, refer Note 2) SBB kit is usable only for VQ2000 dusttight/low jetproof unavailable.
to “Option” on page 2-4-179. type (IP65). Note 8) Refer to “Dimensions” on page 2-4-157 for
SI unit and valve, in case of W (dusttight/low
jetproof type).
2-4-154
Base Mounted

Plug-in Unit Series VQ1000/2000


VV5Q21
Dust tight Low jetproof type (-W)

Mixed wiring is available as an option.


Use the manifold specification sheet to specify.
 SI unit output and coil numbering
<Wiring example 1> SI unit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 <Wiring example 2> SI unit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
output no. output no.
Un- Un-
A B A B A used A used A B A B A B A A A B
VQC
Double

Double

Double

Double
Single

Single

Single

Single

Single

Single
SI unit SI unit
SQ
Stations 1 2 3 4 5 Stations 1 2 3 4 5
Double wiring (Standard) Single/Double mixed wiring (Option) VQ0

Type SC Type SD
VQ4
OMRON Corporation SHARP Corporation
SYSBUS Wire System Satellite I/O Link System VQ5
ADDRESS NO. STATION NO. VQZ
Name of terminal block (LED)

POWER RUN SD RD ERR


RUN TRD
ERR

ù10 ù1
VQD
24V 0V + – + – FG 24V 0V L1 L2 SG L1 L2 SG

LED Description LED Description


Lights when transmission is normal POWER ON when power supply is ON
RUN and PLC is in operation mode
RUN Lights when power is ON and
T/R Blinks during data transmission/reception slave stations are operating normally
ERR ON when transmission is abnormal. ERROR Lights when slave station switch setting
is abnormal, communication is abnormal,
PLC stopped and defective slave unit
R.SET
ON for master unit control input
HOLD
• Master station unit: • Master station unit:
OMRON PLC SHARP’s PLC
SYSMAC C (CV) series New Satellite Series W
Types C500-RM201 and C200H-RM201 ZW-31LM
Note

∗ 32 units max., transmission terminal New Satellite Series JW


connection (512 points max.) JW-23LM, JW 31LM
• No. of output points, 16 points ∗ Max. 31 units, I/O slave stations connected
(504 points max.)
• No. of output points, 16 points

How to Order Valves How to Order Manifold Assembly


Specify the part numbers for valves and options
VQ 1 1 0 0 Y 5 together beneath the manifold base part number.

<Example>
Series Enclosure
Serial transmission kit
1 VQ1000 Nil Dust-protected
VV5Q11-08C6SA ··· 1 set–Manifold base no.
2 Dust tight/Low jetproof Note)
VQ2000 W ∗VQ1100-5 ·········· 2 sets–Valve part no. (Stations 1 to 2)
type (IP65)
∗VQ1200-5 ·········· 4 sets–Valve part no. (Stations 3 to 6)
Note) VQ2000 only. ∗VQ1300-5 ·········· 1 set–Valve part no. (Station 7)
Type of actuation ∗VVQ1000-10A-1 ··· 1 set–Blanking plate part no. (Station 8)
1 2 position single Manual override
2 2 position double Non-locking push type
3 3 position closed center Nil (Tool required) Prefix the asterisk Write sequentially from the
to the part nos. of 1st station on the D side.
4 3 position exhaust center B Locking type (Tool required) the solenoid valve, When part nos. written
5 3 position pressure center C Locking type (Manual) etc. collectively are complicated,
specify by using the manifold
Seal Coil voltage specification sheet.
e
sid

ns
U

24 VDC; With indicator light/surge


tio
ta

0 Metal seal 5
S

voltage suppressor
·
···
e
sid

···

1 Rubber seal
D

Function
3
2

Note) For external pilot and negative


1

COM specifications, refer to Symbol Specifications DC


“Option” on pages 2-4-178 to
2-4-179. Nil Standard type (1.0 W)

High pressure (1.5 W)
H type 
Low wattage (0.5 W)
Y type 

2-4-155
S
VQ1000
VQ1000/2000
Kit (Serial transmission unit)

The broken lines indicate DIN rail mounting style [-D].

=2
~

The DWG shows a SB type Dust tight SI unit


(Applicable to Mitsubishi Electric models)

(L4)

P = 10.5
Indicator light
Manual
override

Mounting hole for


M4
=2

The DWG shows the SA type


~

(General type)

D side Stations ···· 1···· 2 ··· 3 ··· 4 ··· 5 ··· 6 ··· 7 ··· 8 ···· n U side

3(R) EXH port

DIN rail clamp screw

2n-C3, C4, C6, M5


C3: One-touch fitting for ø3.2 1(P) SUP port
C4: One-touch fitting for ø4
Vacuum ejector unit style: Formula
C6: One-touch fitting for ø6
L1 = 10.5n + 28.7 + (Number of ejector units x 26.7)
M5: M5 thread
L2 = 10.5n + 56.3 + (Number of ejector units x 26.7)
L4 is L2 plus about 30.
Dust-protected type SI unit: L5 = 10.5n + 97, L6 = L3 + 25, L7 = L4 + 25
Dimensions Formula L1 = 10.5n + 44.5, L2 = 10.5n + 72.5 n: Station (Maximum16 stations)
Note) Manifolds with SI unit for Matsushita n
L 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Electric Works’ MEWNET FP and
Rockwell Automation’s model are the L1 65.5 76 86.5 97 107.5 118 128.5 139 149.5 160 170.5 181 191.5 202 212.5
same with L5, L6 and L7 dimensions L2 93.5 104 114.5 125 135.5 146 156.5 167 177.5 188 198.5 209 219.5 230 240.5
of dustproof SI unit. (L3) 125 125 137.5 150 162.5 175 187.5 187.5 200 212.5 225 237.5 250 250 262.5
(L4) 135.5 135.5 148 160.5 173 185.5 198 198 210.5 223 235.5 248 260.5 260.5 273

2-4-156
Base Mounted

Plug-in Unit Series VQ1000/2000

VQ2000 L11 = L4 + 50
L10 = L3 + 50
L9 = 16n + 131
The broken lines
L8 = 16n + 118.5
100 indicate the DIN rail
mounting style [-D].

VQC

SERIAL UNIT
127<136.5>

x1
SQ

STATION NO.
x 10
113

ERR. RD SD RUN
MODEL
VQ0

SB

POWER
(SI No. EX124-SMB1)
VQ4
VQ5
The DWG shows a SB type
=4

Dust tight/Low jetproof type (IP65) SI unit VQZ


~

(Applicable to Mitsubishi Electric models)

Dusttight SI unit
VQD

P = 16
Indicator light

Manual
override

Mounting hole for 4-M5


≅4

(Dusttight/Low jetproof type) The DWG shows the SA type


(General type)

D side Stations ···· 1 ···· 2 ···· 3 ···· 4 ···· 5 ···· 6 ····7 ···· 8 ····· n U side

3(R) EXH port


DIN rail clamp screw

< >: AC

P = 16

2n-C4, C6, C8
C4: One-touch fitting for ø4 1(P) SUP port
C6: One-touch fitting for ø6
C8: One-touch fitting for ø8
Dust-protected type SI unit: L5 = 16 + 108, L6 = L3 + 25, L7 = L4 + 25
Dusttight/Low jetproof SI unit: L8 = 16n + 118.5, L9 = 16n + 131
L10 = L3 + 50, L11 = L4 + 50
Dimensions Formula : L1 = 16n + 53, L2 = 16n + 83 n: Stations (Maximum 16 stations)

L n 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
L1 85 101 117 133 149 165 181 197 213 229 245 261 277 293 309
L2 115 131 147 163 179 195 211 227 243 259 275 291 307 323 339
(L3) 137.5 162.5 175 187.5 200 225 237.5 250 262.5 287.5 300 312.5 337.5 350 362.5
(L4) 148 173 185.5 198 210.5 235.5 248 260.5 273 298 310.5 323 348 360.5 373
Note) Manifolds with SI unit for Matsushita Electric Works’ MEWNET FP and Rockwell Automation’s model are the same with L5,
L6 and L7 dimensions of dustproof SI unit.
2-4-157
M VQ2000
Kit (Flat ribbon cable connector)
 MIL flat cable connector reduces installation labor for electrical
connection.
VQ2000 only
VV5Q21
 Manifold and connectors, both compliant with the IP65 rating
(dusttight, low jetproof), provide a high degree of protection for the
electrical parts.
Manifold Specifications
 Maximum stations are 24. Porting specifications
Series Port size Applicable
Port stations
location 1(P), 3(R) 4(A), 2(B)
VQ2000 Side C10 C4, C6, M8 Max. 24 stations

Circular Connector (26 pins)

Cable assembly 
015
AXT100-MC26- 030 Circular Connector Cable
050
Circular connector assembly included in a specific manifold model no. Assembly Terminal No.
specific manifold model no. Refer to How to Order Manifold. Terminal no. Lead wire color Dot marking
1 Black None
Multi-core vinyl cable
Circular Connector Cable Assembly (Option) Electric Characteristics 2 Brown None
0.3 mm2 x 25C Cable Item Characteristics 3 Red None
Assembly part no. Note 4 Orange None
length (L) Conductor resistance 65
Ω/km, 20°C or less 5 Yellow None
1.5 m AXT100-MC26-015
~ Cable 25 core 6 Pink None
= ø10 3m AXT100-MC26-030 Voltage limit
x 24AWG 1000 7 Blue None
5m AXT100-MC26-050 V, 1 min, AC 8 Purple White
Insulation resistance 9 Gray Black
5 or more
MΩkm, 20°C 10 White Black
L

Note) The minimum bending 11 White Red


radius of circular 12 Yellow Red
60

connector cable is 20 13 Orange Red


mm. 14 Yellow Black
15 Pink Black
16 Blue White
17 Purple None
18 Gray None
19 Orange Black
30
20 Red White
21 Brown White
Plug terminal no. 22 Pink Red
151 23 Gray Red
2 16 14
3 17
25
24 13 24 Black White
18 23
4 12
19 26 22
25 White None
5 11
20 21
6 10 26 White None
7 8 9
Socket side

How to Order Manifold

VV5Q 2 1 08 C6 M 1 N W Enclosure
IP65 (Dust tight/Low jetproof type)

Series Option
2 VQ2000 Cable (Length) Symbol Option Note
0 Without cable Nil None
1 With cable (1.5 m) B With back pressure check valve (2)
2 With cable (3 m) D DIN rail mounting
3 With cable (5 m) Special wiring specifications
K (3)
(Not double wiring)
Cylinder port
N With name plate
Manifold Symbol Port size
R External pilot (4)
1 Plug-in unit C4 With One-touch fitting for ø4
Note 1) When two or more symbols are
C6 With One-touch fitting for ø6
Stations specified, indicate them alphabetically.
C8 With One-touch fitting for ø8 Example) -BKR
02 2 stations
CM With mixed size/with port plug Note 2) Models with a suffix “-B” have check
···

···

valves for prevention of back pressure


Note 1) Insert “L” (top piping) or “B” (bottom
24 24 stations piping) for elbow type.
at all manifold stations.
Note) For details, refer Example) B6 (Elbow One-touch fittings Note 3) If not all stations need this check valve,
to page 2-4-178. for ø6, bottom piping.) specify the stations where check
Note 2) Indicate “LM” for models with elbow valves are installed by using the
fittings and mixed cylinder port sizes. manifold specification sheet.
Note 3) Specify “Mixed size/with port plug” in Note 4) Specify the wiring by using of the
the manifold specification sheet. manifold specification sheet.
Note 4) Inch-size One-touch fittings are Indicate “R” for the valve with external
available. For details, refer to page 2- pilot.
7-179.

2-4-158
Base Mounted

Plug-in Unit Series VQ1000/2000

e
sid
U

VQC
ns
tio
ta
S

SQ
e
sid
D

3
2

 Electrical wiring specifications VQ0


1

Circular connector cable assembly


015
AXT100-MC26- 030 Wire Color VQ4
050
Terminal no. Polarity Lead wire colorDot marking
SOL.A 1 (–) (+) Black None VQ5
1 station { SOL.B 2 (–) (+) Brown None
SOL.A 3 (–) (+) Red None
VV5Q11 15 1 2 stations { SOL.B 4 (–) (+) Orange None VQZ
14 16 2 SOL.A 5 (–) (+) Yellow None
e

24 17
sid

13 3 3 stations { SOL.B 6 (–) (+) Pink None


U

25
12
23 18
4 SOL.A 7 (–) (+) Blue None VQD
ns

26
tio

22 19 SOL.B 8
4 stations {
ta

11 5 (–) (+) Purple White


S

21 20
10 6 SOL.A 9 (–) (+) Gray Black
9 7 5 stations { SOL.B 10
e

8 (–) (+) White Black


sid
D

SOL.A 11
3

(–) (+) White Red


2

6 stations { SOL.B 12 (–) (+) Yellow Red


As the standard electrical wiring
1

SOL.A 13 (–) (+) Orange Red


specifications, double wiring
7 stations { SOL.B 14 (–) (+) Yellow Black
(connected to SOL. A and SOL. SOL.A 15
B) is adopted for the internal (–) (+) Pink Black
8 stations { SOL.B 16 (–) (+) Blue White
wiring of each station for 12 SOL.A 17 (–) (+) Purple None
stations or less, regardless of 9 stations { SOL.B 18 (–) (+) Gray None
valve and option types. SOL.A 19 (–) (+) Orange Black
Mixed single and double wiring is 10 stations { SOL.B 20 (–) (+) Red White
available as an option. For details, SOL.A
21 (–) (+) Brown White
refer to page 2-7-178. 11 stations { SOL.B
22 (–) (+) Pink Red
SOL.A
23 (–) (+) Gray Red
12 stations { SOL.B
24 (–) (+) Black White
(Max.) COM. 25 (+) (–) White None
COM. 26 (+) (–) White None
Note)
Note) When using the negative common Positive Negative
The total number of stations is tabulated starting from station common common
one on the D side. specifications, use valves for negative
specifications specifications
common. (Refer to page 2-4-178.)
For details, refer to “Option” on page 2-4-178.

How to Order Valves How to Order Manifold Assembly


Specify the part numbers for valves and options
VQ 2 1 0 0 Y 5 W Enclosure together beneath the manifold base part number.

IP (Dusttight/ <Example>
Series Low jetproof type) Flat ribbon cable kit with 3 m cable
VV5Q21-09C6M2-W··· 1 set–Manifold base no.
2 VQ2000 Manual override ∗VQ2100-5w ··········· 2 sets–Valve part no. (Stations 1 to 2)
Non-locking push type ∗VQ2200-5w············ 4 sets–Valve part no. (Stations 3 to 6)
Nil (Tool required) ∗VQ2300-5w············ 2 sets–Valve part no. (Stations 7 to 8)
Type of actuation ∗VVQ2000-10A-1····· 1 set–Blanking plate part no. (Station 9)
B Locking type (Tool required)
1 2 position single C Locking type (Manual)
Prefix the asterisk to When ordering, specify the
2 2 position double the part nos. of the part nos. in order from the 1st
3
Light/Surge voltage suppressor solenoid valve, etc. station in the D side. When
3 position closed center
Nil Yes part nos. written collectively
4 3 position exhaust center
are complicated, specify by
5 3 position pressure center E None
using the manifold
e
sid
U

Coil voltage specification sheet.


ns
tio

Function
ta
S

Seal 1 100 VAC (50/60 Hz)


e
sid

Symbol Specifications DC AC 3 110 VAC (50/60 Hz)


D

0 Metal seal
3
2

Standard (1.0 W) 5 24 VDC


1

1 Rubber seal Nil


type   Note)
6 12 VDC
High
H pressure type (1.5 W) —

Low wattage (0.5 W) 3m
Y —
type 
Note) For external pilot and
negative COM Note) For power consumption of
specifications, refer to AC type, refer to page 2-4-
“Option” on 2-4-178 129.
to 2-4-179.
2-4-159
M
VQ2000
VQ2000
Kit (Flat ribbon cable connector)

The broken lines indicate the DIN rail mounting style [-D] and the side entry connection [-FS].

(L4)
(L3) (5.2)
L2
<82> L1
76 CONINVERS 6.5
59 Manual 34.5
29.5 HC-26P1NRAWF00 Indicator light override 1

Mounting hole for


4-M5
<136.5>

(5.5)
127
22

80

(35)
46.2
10.6
=4

(12) 13
~

73.5

D side Stations ······ 1 ···· 2 ···· 3 ···· 4 ···· 5 ···· 6 ·····7 ····· 8 ····· n U side

2-C10
R (EXH) port
2-C10
P (SUP) port

DIN rail clamp screw


49
31.6
24.5
16
9.5
(12)

47
(7.5)

2n-C4, C6, C8
65 P = 16
C4: One-touch fitting for ø4
C6: One-touch fitting for ø6
C8: One-touch fitting for ø8
< >: AC

Dimensions Formula L1 = 16n + 77.5, L2 = 16n + 100.5 n: Station (Maximum 12 stations)


L n 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
L1 109.5 125.5 141.5 157.5 173.5 189.5 205.5 221.5 237.5 253.5 269.5
L2 132.5 148.5 164.5 180.5 196.5 212.5 228.5 244.5 260.5 276.5 292.5
(L3) 162.5 175 187.5 200 225 237.5 250 275 287.5 300 312.5
(L4) 173 185.5 198 210.5 235.5 248 260.5 285.5 298 310.5 323

2-4-160
VQC
SQ
VQ0
VQ4
VQ5
VQZ
VQD

2-4-161
S VQ2000
Kit (Serial transmission kit) for I/O IP65 compliant

VQ2000 only

Applicable network DeviceNet/PROFIBUS-DP


 The serial transmission system reduces wiring work, while minimizing
wiring and saving space.
SI unit for DeviceNet/PROFIBUS Input block
As a slave for DeviceNet/PROFIBUS, it is possible to control ON/OFF Meaning of an expansion block, connecting with SI unit, for sensor-
of a solenoid valve with the maximum of 32 points. Furthermore, by inputting for auto switches, etc. Sensor-input is available up to 8 per one
connecting a discrete input block, it is possible to input the sensor input block. By the NPN/PNP switch, it is able to adjust COM to sensor.
signal for 32 points at the maximum.

SI unit

Input block

If there is an input block, it comes with bracket.

VQ2000 IP65, Applicable to Input/Output, Serial Transmission Type


How to Order Manifold

VV5Q21 08 C6 SD QW 1 N W
VQ2000 Enclosure
Plug-in series IP65 (Dust tight/Low jetproof type)
Option
Stations
Symbol Option
01 1 station None
Nil
···

···

SI unit mounting B With back pressure check valve


16 16 stations
D: D side D DIN rail mounting style
mounting K
Special wiring specifications
Cylinder port (Not double wiring)
Symbol Port size N With name plate
C4 With One-touch fitting for ø4 R External pilot
C6 With One-touch fitting for ø6 Note) When two or more symbols are specified,
indicate them alphabetically.
C8 With One-touch fitting for ø8
Example: -DNR
CM With mixed size/with port plug

Input block COM


Model Nil PNP(+) or SI/Input block: None
0W Without SI unit N NPN (–)
QW DeviceNet +COM
NWN PROFIBUS-DP –COM Input block
Note) Only +COM is available for
Nil SI unit/Input block: None
DeviceNet. Order a mounting valve
with +COM. 0 Input block: None
Since PROFIBUS is –COM only, 1 Input block 1 pc.
order –COM for valves to be 2 Input block 2 pcs.
mounted.
3 Input block 3 pcs.
4 Input block 4 pcs.

2-4-162
Base Mounted

Plug-in Unit Series VQ2000

Details in Connector
Input block SI Unit (DeviceNet) SI Unit (PROFIBUS-DP)  Communication connector (PROFIBUS-DP): Made by
CONINVERS GmbH RC-2RS1N12 12 pins
Cable side connector example: Made by Siemens AG
Communication
SI UNIT

connector 6ES5 760-2CB11


PWR(V) PWR MOD/NET

4632
Number Description Function
SETTINGS

Power source 1 M5V GND Terminal


Input connector connector 9
2 Signal-N
1
12 A
2 4 B Signal-P
6 +5V Terminal +5 V
4
6
VQC
9 SIELD Shield ground
12 RTS Optical fiber (Reserve)
SQ
Pin no. 3, 5, 7, 8, 10 and 11 marked with  are
open.
 Input connector: M12 5 pins (XS2F compatible made by OMRON
Corp.) x 8 pcs.
∗ Connector’s shape and pin assignment is interchangeable with VQ0
ET200C made by Siemens AG.
Cable side connector example: XS2G made by OMRON Corp.
 Power source connector: Series 723 (made by Franz Binder GmbH) VQ4
5 pins (72309-0115-80-05)
Cable side connector example: Franz Binder GmbH 72309-0114-70-15,
etc. VQ5
Number Description Function ∗ Din type 5 pins.
2 1 SW+ Sensor power supply + Number Description Function VQZ
1 2 N.C. Open ∗ 3 1 SV24V For solenoid valve +24 V
3 3 SW– Sensor power supply – 4 2 2 SV0V For solenoid valve 0 V VQD
4 4 SIGNAL Sensor input signal 3 PE Protective ground
5 5 1
5 PE Protective sensor ground 4 <DeviceNet> For input block +24 V,
SW24V <Profibus or Interbus> For input unit and SI unit +24 V
∗ No. 2 pin of the input no. 0, 2, 4, 6 connector (connectors aligned in the right side on 5 SW0V <DeviceNet> For input block 0 V,
the input block) is connected internally with no. 4 pin (sensor input no.) of the input <Profibus or Interbus> For input unit and SI unit 0 V
no. 1, 3, 5, 7 respectively. Thereby, it is possible to directly input 2 points which is
bundled into 1 cable by the cluster connector, etc.
 Communication connector (DeviceNet): M12 5 pins (for DeviceNet
compliant)
Connector input no.: 0, 2, 4, 6 Input no.: 1, 3, 5, 7
Example of corresponding cable assemblies with connector: OMRON
SW + 1 1
Corporation: DCA1-5CN05F1 Karl Lumberg GmbH & Co. KG: RKT5-56
SIGNAL–n+1 2 2
SW– 3 3
Number Description Function
SIGNAL-n 4 4
PE 5 5 1 Drain Drain/Shield
3 2
5 2 V+ Circuit power supply +
Caution 3 V– Circuit power supply –
When an enclosure equivalent to IP65 is required, place a waterproof cover on 4 1 4 CAN_H Signal H
the unused input connector. As for waterproof cover, order it separately.
Example: OMRON Corp. XS2Z-12 5 CAN_L Signal L
Item conforming to Micro Style connector in
DeviceNet specifications.

Indicator Unit (LED) Descriptions and Functions


 SI Unit (DeviceNet)  SI Unit (PROFIBUS-DP)  Input block
0 1
2 3
TM PWR 4 5
PWR(V) PWR MOD/NET PWR(V) RUN 6 7

ADDRESS
1
H L
4632
SETTINGS
DIA BF

FB FB

PS
PS

Description Function Description Function Description Function


PWR(V) ON when solenoid valve power supply is turned ON ON when solenoid valve power supply is turned ON ON when sensor power is turned ON
PWR PWR OFF when short circuit protection
PWR ON when DeviceNet circuit power supply input is turned ON OFF when the power supply voltage is less than 19 V is working
OFF: Power supply off, off line, or when checking duplication of MAC_ID RUN ON when operating (SI unit power supply is ON) 0 to 7 ON when each sensor input goes ON
Green blinking: Waiting for connection (On line) DIA ON when self-diagnosis device detects abnormality
MOD/NET Green ON: Connection established (On line) BF ON for BUS abnormality
Red blinking: Connection time out (Minor communication abnormality occurs)
Red ON: MAC_ID duplication error, or BUSOFF error
(Major communication abnormality occurs)

2-4-163
S
VV5Q21S kit
VQ2000
Kit (Serial transmission kit) for I/O IP65 compliant

(Serial transmission kit: EX240)

14.6 L2 (In the case of DI unit, 1 pc: 8 number of inputs)


8.1 (143) L1
P = 16 34.5 6.5
54
Min. 0 to Max. 4 Indicator light Manual override 16.5
unit 1 Mounting hole for 4-M5
(0 to 216 mm)

127
120
SMC

80
If there is an input block,

10.5
=4
DI unit
it comes with bracket.

~
D side Stations ··· 1 ··· 2 ··· 3 ··· 4 ··· 5 ··· 6 ····7 ···· 8 ···· n U side
23
8
75.5

73.7
61.5

49
24.5
13.2
16
9.5
1.6

2n-C4, C6, C8 C10


R (EXH) port
C4: ø4 One-touch fitting
C10
C6: ø6 One-touch fitting
P (SUP) port
C8: ø8 One-touch fitting

Dimensions Formula L1 = 16n + 36.5, L2 = 16n + 186 (In the case of 1 pc. DI unit, 54 mm will be added for increasing every 1 pcs.) n: Station
L n 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
L1 68.5 84.5 100.5 116.5 132.5 148.5 164.5 180.5 196.5 212.5 228.5 244.5 260.5 276.5 292.5
L2 218 234 250 266 282 298 314 330 346 362 378 394 410 426 442

2-4-164
Series VQ2000
VQ2000 Only
Sub-plate Single Unit
How to Order VQC
Valve + Sub-plate SQ
Conforming to
IP65 in standard specifications
VQ2 1 0 0 5 W 02 VQ0

Thread type
VQ4
Entry is the same as
Easy-to-use terminal block Nil Rc
standard products. VQ5
N NPT
Enclosure
T NPTF
Nil Dust tight VQZ
Note)
F G
W IP65 (Dust tight/Low jetproof type)
Note) Valves are IP65 specifications. VQD
With and without sub-plate
Nil Without sub-plate
02 With sub-plate (Port size: 1/4)
Terminal
block In the case of sub-plate alone

VQ2000 – PW – 02

Dimensions
2-ø4.5 89.4 4
(Mounting hole) (43.8)
Manual override (A port) 10.5 10.5 (B port)

Indicator light
37
45

VQ210 01 -
5

121 (DC)
130.1 (AC)

(86.3) (AC) 22.4


(77.1) (DC) 15.5

Clamp screw

M5 x 0.8
External pilot port
78.5 (AC)
72.6 (DC)

70.7

(A, B port)
25

25
25

20
15.4

12

2.5 5 1/4 5
G3/8
14.5 19.5 P, A, B, R1, R2 port
Electrical entry
39.1 43.8
53.6
2-4-165
Base Mounted

Series VQ1000

Manifold Option Parts for VQ1000


Blanking plate assembly JIS Symbol
VVQ1000-10A-1

It is used by attaching on the manifold block for being


prepared for removing a valve for maintenance
reasons or planning to mount a spare valve, etc.

Individual SUP spacer Individual SUP spacer


SUP block plate SUP block plate
VVQ1000-P-1-C6 Individual
When the same manifold is to be used for different C6 (SUP port) D side Valve SUP spacer Valve Valve U side
pressures, individual SUP spacers are used as SUP One-touch fitting for ø6
ports for different pressures. (One station space is Shut off label
occupied.) A label indicating the SUP passage
Block both sides of the station, for which the supply blocking position is to be adhered.
pressure from the individual SUP spacer is used, with
ide
SUP block plates. (Refer to the application ex.) Us
∗ Specify the spacer mounting position and SUP
block plate position on the manifold specification SUP block plate
sheet. ide
Ds
The block plate are used in two places for one set.
(Two SUP block plates for blocking SUP station
are attached to the individual SUP spacer.)
∗ Electric wiring is connected to the position of the
manifold station where the individual SUP spacer is
mounted.

Individual EXH spacer Description/Model


Stations 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Individual EXH spacer
VVQ1000-R-1-C6 Single

Valve
When valve exhaust affects other stations due to the C6 (EXH port)
circuit configuration, this spacer is used for individual One-touch fitting for ø6

···
valve exhaust. (One station space is occupied.)
Individual EXH spacer

Option
Block both sides of the individual valve EXH station. VVQ1000-R-1-C6
(See example) EXH shut off position: Specify 2 places.
∗ Specify the mounting position, as well as the EXH Shut off label
block base or EXH block plate position on the EXH passage A label indicating the SUP
Individual EXH spacer Valve
+ +
manifold specification sheet. The block plate are blocked ide passage blocking position
Us EXH block base assembly EXH block base assembly
used in two places for one set. (Two EXH block is to be adhered. (Not to be (Not to be
EXH block D side Valve Valve U side
plates for blocking EXH station are attached to the ordered) ordered)
base assembly ide
individual EXH spacer.) Ds
∗ An EXH block base assembly is used in the
blocking position when ordering an EXH spacer
incorporated with a manifold no. However, do not
order an EXH block base assembly because it is
attached to the spacer.
When separately ordering an individual EXH
spacer, separately order an EXH block base
assembly because it is not attached to the spacer.
∗ Electric wiring is connected to the position of the
manifold station where the individual EXH spacer is
mounted.

SUP block plate


VVQ1000-16A
When different pressures, high and low, are supplied
Shut off label
to one manifold, a SUP block plate is inserted
between the stations under different pressures.
ide
∗ Specify the number of stations on the manifold Us
specification sheet.
<Shut off label> ide
Ds
When using block plates for SUP passage, indication
label for confirmation of the blocking position from
outside is attached. (One label of each)
∗ When ordering a block plate incorporated with the
manifold no., a block indication label is attached to
the manifold.
SUP passage block SUP/EXH passage blocked
Connector
Blanking plate with connector JIS Symbol assembly Connector assembly part no.
VVQ1000-1C- Lead wire length (mm)
AXT661- 43 A- 6
Lead wire length: L
Style of
manifold Nil 300 20 2000 Nil 300 mm
6 600 25 2500 Blanking plate 43 4-wire
1 VV5Q11 6 600 mm
Connector with connector Lead wire color: Black 44 2-wire
10 1000 30 3000 Lead wire color: Red 10 1000 mm
Nil Without connector 15 1500 Lead wire color: White 20 2000 mm
1 With connector/2-wire 24AWG
30 3000 mm
2 With connector/4-wire Cover O.D. ø1.5
Blanking plate side

Power supply side

Blanking plate with a connector for individually outputting


electricity to drive a single valve or equipment that are not
on the manifold base. Connector on the power
supply side is not attached.
∗ When “N” is suffixed to the nameplate, the plate will be
different from a standard shape.
Note) Electric current should be 1A or less. (Including the
mounted valves. )

2-4-166
Base Mounted

Plug-in Unit Series VQ1000

EXH block base assembly


F
VVQ1000-19A- PL - (C3, C4, C6, M5)
Manifold block assembly
EXH block
Electrical entry Black screw D side base assembly U side
F1 For F kit (2 to 12 stations)/Double wiring
F2 For F kit (13 to 24 stations)/Double wiring
F3 For F kit (2 to 24 stations)/Single wiring Shut off label
P1 For P, G, T, S kit (2 to 12 stations)/Double wiring
P2 For P, G, T, S kit (13 to 24 stations)/Double wiring U side VQC
EXH
P3 For P, G, T, S kit (2 to 24 stations)/Single wiring passage blocked
L0 ∗ L0 kit
L1 ∗ L1 kit ∗ 1 to 8 stations
Solid forming
Ds
ide SQ
L2 ∗ L2 kit
The manifold block assembly is used between stations for
which exhaust is desired to be divided when valve exhaust VQ0
affects other stations due to the circuit configuration. The EXH
passage on the D-side is blocked in the EXH block base
assembly. It is also used in combination with an individual
∗ Specify the number of stations on the manifold specification
sheet.
VQ4
EXH spacer for individual exhaust. ∗ When ordering by using the manifold specification form,
specify the EXH block base assembly no. by adding
suffix “∗” below the manifold no.
VQ5
<Blocking indication label>
When blocking the EXH passage with an EXH block base
assembly, indication label for confirmation of the blocking VQZ
position from outside is attached. (One label for each)
∗ When ordering a EXH block base incorporated with the
manifold no., a block indication label is attached to the VQD
manifold.
EXH passage blocked SUP/EXH passage blocked

* When ordering assemblies incorporated with a manifold,


Back pressure check valve assembly [-B] 2 pcs. in 1 set add suffix “-B” to the manifold no.
VVQ1000-18A
It prevents cylinder malfunction caused by other valve (Precautions)
exhaust. Insert it into R (EXH) port on the manifold side of a 1. The back pressure check valve
valve which is affected. It is effective when a single action assembly is assembly parts with a
cylinder is used or an exhaust center type solenoid valve is check valve structure. However, as
used. slight air leakage is allowed for the back
Note) When a check valve for back pressure prevention is pressure, take care the exhaust air will
desired, and is to be installed only in certain manifold not be throttled at the exhaust port.
stations, write clearly the part no. and specify the 2. When a back pressure check valve is
number of stations by using the manifold specification mounted, the effective area of the valve
sheet. will decrease, by about 20%.

∗ When ordering assemblies incorporated with a manifold,


Name plate [-N] add suffix “-N” to the manifold no.
VVQ1000- N
NC N-Station (1 to Max. stations) P = 10.5
N: Standard
NC: For mounting Stations
It is a transparent resin plate for placing a label that indicates
blanking plate
solenoid valve function, etc.
with connector
Insert it into the groove on the side of the end plate and bend
it as shown in the figure.
∗ When the blanking plate with connector is mounted, it
automatically will be “VVQ1000-NC-n” with an option
Note) ( ): For VVQ1000-NC-n
symbol [-N]

Blanking plug (For One-touch fittings) Dimensions


23
KQ2P- 04 Applicable fittings
06 Model A L D
08 size ød
It is inserted into an unused cylinder port and SUP/EXH ports. 3.2 KQ2P-23 16 31.5 3.2
Purchasing order is available in units of 10 pieces. 4 KQ2P-04 16 32 6
6 KQ2P-06 18 35 8
8 KQ2P-08 20.5 39 10
∗ When ordering a plug incorporated with a manifold,
Port plug indicate “CM” for the port size in the manifold no., as
VVQ0000-58A well as, the mounting position and number of stations
The plug is used to block the cylinder port when using a 4 port and cylinder port mounting positions, A and B, on the
valve as a 3 port valve. manifold specification sheet.
∗ Lightly screw an M3 screw in the port plug hole and
pull it for removal.
Hole

∗ When ordering assemblies incorporated with a manifold,


Elbow fitting assembly indicate “L” or “B” for the manifold port size. (When
VVQ1000-F-L (C3, C4, C6, M5) installed in all stations.)
It is used for piping that extends upward or downward from the
manifold.
When installing it in part of the manifold stations, specify the
assembly no. and the mounting position and number of
stations by means of the manifold specification sheet.
=13.5

∗ When mounting elbow fittings assembly on the edge of


~

manifold station and a silencer on EXH port, select a


=40

silencer, AN203-KM8.
~

Silencer (AN200-KB8) is interfered with fittings.


Downward Upward

2-4-167
Base Mounted

Series VQ1000

Manifold Option Parts for VQ1000


∗ When ordering assemblies incorporated with a manifold,
DIN rail mounting bracket add suffix “D” to the manifold no.
VVQ1000-57A
It is used for mounting a manifold on a DIN rail. The DIN
rail mounted bracket is fixed to the manifold end plate.
(The specification is the same as that for the option
“-D”.)
1 set of DIN rail mounting bracket is used for 1 manifold
(2 DIN rail mounting brackets).
DIN rail clamp screw
Mounting screws are attached

Exhaust port ∗ When ordering assemblies incorporated with a manifold,


Built-in silencer, Direct exhaust [-S] add suffix “S” to the manifold no.
This is a type with an exhaust port a top the manifold
end plate. The built-in silencer exhibits an excellent
noise suppression effect. (Silencing effect: 30 dB)
Note) A large quantity of drainage generated
in the air source results in exhaust of air
together with drainage. For
maintenance, refer to page 2-4-176.

2 stations matching fitting assembly


~
=18.3
VVQ1000-52A-C8 ~
=3
For driving a cylinder with a large bore, valves for two
stations are operated to double the flow rate. This
assembly for the cylinder port is used in that case. The
assembly is equipped with One-touch fittings for a ø8 bore.
∗ The bore for the manifold no. is “CM”.
Clearly indicate the 2 station matching fitting assembly
no., and specify the number of stations and positions by
means of the manifold specifications.
∗ In 2 station matching fitting assembly, a special clip
which is combined in one-piece of 2 stations is attached
as a holding clip.

Silencer (For EXH port) ~


Dimensions
This silencer is to be inserted into the EXH port (One- =A
Applicable Effective Noise
touch fittings) of the common exhaust type Series fittings Model A L D area reduction
∗ When mounting elbow fittings assembly (VVQ1000-F- size ød (mm2) (dB)
L) on the edge of manifold station, select a silencer, AN200-KM8 59 78 22 20 30
VQ1000 8
AN203-KM8. AN203-KM8 32 51 16 14 25 ∗
Silencer (AN200-KM8) is interfered with fittings.

Conditions:
Regulator unit • How to Order Flow Characteristics Inlet pressure 0.7 MPa

VVQ1000-AR-1 Indicate an option symbol “-G”∗ for the manifold no. and be
The regulator controls the SUP air pressure in a sure to specify the mounting position and number of stations
manifold. Supply air from D side SUP port is regulated. by means of the manifold specification form. One unit is
SUP port on U side is plugged. counted as one station and occupies a space for three
stations, therefore, pay attention to the manifold size.
Outlet pressure (MPa)

Specifications The regulator valve unit, to which no wire is connected, valves


can be mounted up to the standard max. number of stations of
Maximum operating pressure 0.8 MPa each kit.
Set pressure range 0.05 to 0.7 MPa
How to order manifold
Ambient and fluid temp. 5 to 50°C
VV5Q11-14C6FUO-DG2
Fluid Air
Cracking pressure 0.02 MPa Number of regulator units (2)
(Max. 3 units) Flow rate (Nl/min)
Structure Relieving type
Number of manifold
Pressure gauge stations Pressure Conditions (Initial setting) Inlet pressure 0.7 MPa
G27-10-01 Number of mounted characteristics Outlet pressure 0.2 MPa
Pressure valves (12) With regulator unit
control screw +
Number of regulator units (2) Others, option symbols:
to be indicated alphabetically. Initial setting
value
Outlet pressure (MPa)

SUP port on
U side is plugged

C8 (SUP) port
One-touch fitting for ø8

Inlet pressure (MPa)


D side U side
Regulator unit Valve
Caution
• Pressure setting
Check the supply pressure and then turn the pressure control
screw to set the secondary pressure. Turning the screw
clockwise will increase the secondary pressure while turning it
counterclockwise decrease the pressure. (Set the pressure by
turning the screw in the increase direction.)
• Installation
Since some level of the actuator’s operational frequency may
Counted as one station. lead to a sharp pressure change, pay attention to the pressure
gauge durability.

2-4-168
Base Mounted

Plug-in Unit Series VQ1000

Double check block (Separated type): For VQ1000


VQ1000-FPG-
It is used on the outlet side piping to keep the cylinder in the (Check valve operation principle)
intermediate position for a long time. Combining the double
check block with a built-in pilot type double check valve and a 3
position exhaust center solenoid valve will enable the cylinder
to stop in the middle or maintain its position for a long time. Cylinder pressure

The combination with a 2 position single/double solenoid valve


will permit this block to be used for preventing the dropping at VQC
the cylinder stroke end when the SUP residual pressure is
released. SQ
Specifications
.
Max. operating pressure 0.8 MPa
SUP side pressure (P1) VQ0
Min. operating pressure 0.15 MPa Note) Based on JIS B 8375-1981 To
CY
Ambient and fluid temp. –5 to 50°C (Supply pressure: 0.5 MPa) Lp
Flow characteristics: C 0.60 dm3/(s·bar)
ort VQ4
Max. operating frequency 180 CPM VVQ1000-FPG-02 1 set
∗ VQ1000-FPG-C6M5-D 2 pcs.
VQ5
Dimensions
VQZ
Single unit Manifold
VQD
2n-C4, C6
2-C4, C6 C4: One-touch fitting for ø4
C4: One-touch fitting for ø4 C6: One-touch fitting for ø6
C6: One-touch fitting for ø6
= 4.5

Mounting hole
for M3
~

Mounting hole

= 4.5
for M2.5

~
Residual pressure release
manual override
Residual pressure release
manual override
2-C3, C4, C6, M5 DIN rail clamp screw
C3: One-touch fitting for ø3.2 D side Stations ···· 1 ··· 2 ··· 3 U side
C4: One-touch fitting for ø4 Dimensions Formula L1 = 11n + 20 n: Station (Maximum 24)
2n-C3, C4, C6, M5
C6: One-touch fitting for ø6 1 n 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
L C3: One-touch fitting for ø3.2
M5: M5 thread L1 31 42 53 64 75 86 97 108 119 130 141 152 C4: One-touch fitting for ø4
L2 50 62.5 75 87.5 100 112.5 125 125 137.5 150 162.5 175 C6: One-touch fitting for ø6
L3 60.5 73 85.5 98 110.5 123 135.5 135.5 148 160.5 173 185.5 M5: M5 thread
n 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
L
L1 163 174 185 196 207 218 229 240 251 262 273 284
L2 187.5 187.5 200 212.5 225 237.5 250 250 262.5 275 287.5 300
L3 198 198 210.5 223 235.5 248 260.5 260.5 273 285.5 298 310.5
How to Order
Double check block 2 position
<Example>
3 position
Option exhaust center
VQ1000-FPG- C4 M5 F Nil None
F With bracket
IN side port size OUT side port size
DIN rail mounting
C4 With One-touch fitting for ø4 M5 M5 thread D
style (For manifold)
C6 With One-touch fitting for ø6 C3 One-touch fitting for ø3.2 N Name plate
C4 One-touch fitting for ø4 Note) When two or more symbols
Manifold C6 One-touch fitting for ø6 are specified, indicate them
alphabetically. Example) -DN
VVQ1000-FPG- 06 Caution
Stations Drop Intermediate
• Air leakage from the pipe between the valve and prevention stops
01 1 station cylinder or from the fittings will prevent the
cylinder from stopping for a long time. Check the
···

···

<Example> leakage using neutral household detergent, such


VVQ1000-FPG-06··6 types of manifold 16 16 stations as dish washing soap. Also check the cylinder’s tube gasket, piston packing and rod packing for air leakage.
∗VQ1000-FPG-C4M5-D, 3 sets Double Check block • Since One-touch fittings allow slight air leakage, screw piping (with M5 thread) is recommended when stopping
∗VQ1000-FPG-C6M5-D, 3 sets the cylinder in the middle for a long time.
• Combining double check block with 3 position closed center or pressure center solenoid valve will not work.
Bracket Assembly • M5 fitting assembly is attached, not incorporated into the double check block. After screwing in the M5 fittings,
mount the assembly on the double check block. {Tightening torque: 0.8 to 1.2 N·m}
Part no. Tightening torque • If the exhaust of the double check block is throttled too much, the cylinder may not operate properly and may
VQ1000-FPG-FB 0.22 to 0.25 N·m not stop intermediately.
• Set the cylinder load so that the cylinder pressure will be within two times that of the supply pressure.

2-4-169
Base Mounted

Series VQ1000/2000

Manifold Option/Vacuum Ejector Unit: VQ1000


A vacuum ejector unit can be mounted on the manifold base for a Specifications
solenoid valve. Instead of mounting the valve and vacuum ejector unit
Unit no. VVQ1000-J--A VVQ1000-J--B
separately, this option reduces piping, wiring and creates additional
space savings. Nozzle diameter (mm) 0.7 1.0

Note 1) SUP and EXH ports on the Max. suction flow rate N (l/min) 11 20
vacuum ejector unit Max. vacuum pressure –630 mmHg
manifold base are arranged
on D side alone. The end Max. operating pressure 0.8 MPa
plate on the U side is the 0.5 MPa
Standard supply pressure
same as that used in the L
kit. Operating temperature 5 to 50°C
Note 2) Individual piping is provided
for the supply and exhaust Maximum Number of Ejector Units
U side ports of the vacuum ejector (Max. number of ejector units is subject to the number of valve stations.)
unit.
Note 3) The manifold with an Max. number of Max. number of mounted valves
vacuum ejector unit type is ejector units F, P, T kit S, G, J kit L kit
mounted from the U side.
Note 4) One vacuum ejector unit 1 11(20) 7(14) 7
D side corresponds to one station.
2 10(16) 6(12) 6
∗ Specify the position of
stations on the manifold 3 9(12) 5(10) 5
specification sheet.
4 8(8) 4(8) —
5 4(4) 3(4) —
Note) The max. number of mounted valves applies to double wiring.
Parenthesized numbers apply to single wiring. Please contact SMC for
conditions other than the above or mixed wiring.

Dimensions

Manual override for


supply valve

Manual override for


release valve

Ejector valve Vacuum pressure switch


Throttle valve Indicator light
(Release flow)

Air supply
valve

Vacuum
release valve Ejector EXH port

Vacuum port
Ejector SUP port

How to Order
Example) VV5Q11-05C6FUO-JP1····1 set–Manifold part no.
VV5Q11-05C6FUO-J P 1 S ∗VQ1100-5 ·············· 2 sets–Valve part no. (Stations 1 to 2)
∗VQ1200-5 ·············· 2 sets–Valve part no. (Stations 3 to 4)
∗VVQ1000-J1-5-A ··· 1 set–Ejector valve part no.
Vacuum switch Others, option symbols: ∗ZSE1-00-15-CL ····· 1 set–Vacuum switch part no.
Nil None to be indicated Note 1) Count one ejector unit as one manifold station.
P With alphabetically. Note 2) The ejector unit is mounted next to the U-side end plate.
Note 3) The U-side end plate is used exclusively for ejector units.
(Without P and R port)
Note 4) The dimension of manifold with an ejector unit is different from
Ejection unit the standard dimension. See the formula for calculating the
1 to 5 dimensions for each kit.

2-4-170
Base Mounted

Plug-in Unit Series VQ1000/2000

How to Order Vacuum Ejector Valves


Specifications
VVQ1000 J 1 5 H C A Symbol Nozzle
diameter
Vacuum
release valve
Manifold A ø0.7
With
1 Plug-in unit B ø1.0
Manual override
Function
Coil voltage Nil Non-locking push type
Symbol Specifications DC AC
1 100 VAC (50/60 Hz) 5 24 VDC Standard (1.0W) (1)
B Locking type (Tool required) VQC
Nil type   C Locking type (Manual)
2 200 VAC (50/60 Hz) 6 12 VDC
3 110 VAC (50/60 Hz) 9 Others H
High pressure (1.5 W)
type  — SQ
4 220 VAC (50/60 Hz) Low wattage (0.5W)
Y  —
type VQ0
N Negative
COM  —
Note 1) For power consumption of AC type, refer to page 2-4-129. VQ4
Note 2) When two or more symbols are specified, indicate them
alphabetically.
How to Order Vacuum Pressure Switches VQ5

ZSE1 00 15 CL VQZ
Switch/Voltage (Solid state: 12 to 24 VDC) Wiring specifications VQD
14 NPN/1 setting, 3 revolution adjustment Nil Grommet type, Lead wire length 0.6 m
15 NPN/1 setting, 200° adjustment L Grommet type, Lead wire length 3 m
16 NPN/2 setting, 3 revolution adjustment C Connector type, Lead wire length 0.6 m
17 NPN/2 setting, 200° adjustment CL Connector type, Lead wire length 3 m
18 NPN/1 setting, 3 revolution adjustment, analog CN Without connector Note)
19 NPN/1 setting, 200° adjustment, analog Note) When ordering the switch with 5 m lead wire length,
order separately the switch without connector and
the connector. (Refer to below.) Besides, as for
details, refer to the Vacuum Equipment catalog.
How to order connectors
• Without lead wire (Connector 1 pc., Socket 4 pcs.) ····· ZS-20-A Lead wire length
• With lead wire ····························································· ZS-20-5A-50 Nil 0.6 m
30 3m
(The flow characteristics are for
50 5m the supply pressure of 0.5 MPa.)
Flow/Exhaust Characteristics of Ejector Unit
Nozzle Diameter ø0.7
Exhaust Characteristics Flow Characteristics

Vacuum pressure
Suction flow rate N (l/min)
Air consumption N (l/min)

Air consumption
Vacuum pressure (mmHg)

Vacuum pressure (mmHg)

Suction flow rate

Supply pressure (MPa) Suction flow rate N (l/min)

Nozzle Diameter ø1.0 Flow Characteristics

Vacuum pressure
Suction flow rate N (l/min)
Air consumption N (l/min)

Air consumption
Vacuum pressure (mmHg)

Vacuum pressure (mmHg)

Suction flow rate

Supply pressure (MPa) Suction flow rate N (l/min)

2-4-171
Base Mounted

Series VQ2000

Manifold Option Parts for VQ2000


Blanking plate assembly JIS Symbol
VVQ2000-10A-1
It is used by attaching on the manifold block for being
prepared for removing a valve for maintenance reasons
or planning to mount a spare valve, etc.

Individual
Individual SUP spacer SUP spacer
VVQ2000-P-1-C8 C8 (SUP port) SUP block plate SUP block plate
When the same manifold is to be used for different One-touch fitting for ø8 Individual Valve
D side Valve Valve U side
pressures, individual SUP spacers are used as SUP SUP spacer
ports for different pressures. (One station space is Shut off label 5(R)
occupied.) A label indicating the SUP passage 1(P)
Block both sides of the station, for which the supply blocking position is to be adhered. 3(R2)
pressure from the individual SUP spacer is used, with ide
SUP block plates. (Refer to the application ex.) Us
SUP block plate
∗ Specify the spacer mounting position and SUP block
plate position on the manifold specification sheet. ide
Ds
The block plate are used in two places for one set.
(Two SUP block plates for blocking SUP station are
attached to the individual SUP spacer.)
∗ Electric wiring is connected to the position of the
manifold station where the individual SUP spacer is
mounted.

EXH block plate EXH block plate


Individual EXH spacer
VVQ2000-R-1-C8 D side Valve Individual Valve Valve U side
EXH spacer
When valve exhaust affects other stations due to the Individual EXH spacer
circuit configuration, this spacer is used for individual
valve exhaust. (One station space is occupied.)
Block both sides of the individual valve EXH station.
(See example) C8 (EXH port)
∗ Specify the mounting position, as well as the EXH One-touch fitting for ø8
block base or EXH block plate position on the
manifold specification sheet. The block plates are
used in two places for one set. (Two EXH block
plates for blocking EXH station are attached to the ide
EXH block Us
individual EXH spacer.)
∗ Electric wiring is connected to the position of the plate
manifold station where the individual EXH spacer is ide
mounted. Ds
Shut off label
A label indicating the EXH passage
blocking position is to be adhered.

SUP block plate


Shut off label
VVQ2000-16A
When different pressures, high and low, are supplied to
one manifold, a SUP block plate is inserted between
ide
the stations under different pressures. Us

∗ Specify the number of stations on the manifold


specification sheet. ide
Ds
<Blocking indication label>
When using block plates for SUP passage, indication
label for confirmation of the blocking position from
∗ When ordering a block plate incorporated
outside is attached. (One label of each)
with the manifold no., a block indication
label is attached to the manifold.
SUP passage blocked SUP/EXH passage blocked

EXH block plate


VVQ2000-19A
The EXH block plate is used between stations for Shut off label
which exhaust is desired to be divided when valve
exhaust affects other stations due to the circuit
configuration. It is also used in combination with an ide
individual EXH spacer for individual exhaust. Us
∗ Specify the number of stations on the manifold
specification sheet. 2 pcs. in 1 set
ide
Ds
<Blocking indication label>
When blocking the EXH passage with an EXH block ∗ When ordering a block plate incorporated
plate, an indication label for confirmation of the with the manifold no., a block indication
blocking position from outside is attached. (One label label is attached to the manifold.
for each)
EXH passage blocked SUP/EXH passage blocked

2-4-172
Base Mounted

Plug-in Unit Series VQ2000

∗ When ordering assemblies incorporated


Back pressure check valve assembly [-B] 2 pcs. in 1 set
with a manifold, add suffix “-B” to the
VVQ2000-18A manifold no.

It prevents cylinder malfunction caused by other valve exhaust. (Precautions)


Insert it into R (EXH) port on the manifold side of a valve which 1. The back pressure check valve assembly is
is affected. It is effective when a single action cylinder is used or assembly parts with a check valve structure.
an exhaust center type solenoid valve is used. However, as slight air leakage is allowed for
Note) When a check valve for back pressure prevention is the back pressure, take care the exhaust air
desired, and is to be installed only in certain manifold will not be throttled at the exhaust port.
2.When a back pressure check valve is
stations, write clearly the part no. and specify the number
mounted, the effective area of the valve will
of stations by using the manifold specification sheet.
decrease, by about 20%. VQC
∗ When ordering assemblies incorporated with
Name plate [-N] a manifold, add suffix “-N” to the manifold no. SQ
VVQ2000-N-Station (1 to Max. stations) P = 16
It is a transparent resin plate for placing a label that indicates
solenoid valve function, etc. n Stations VQ0
Insert it into the groove on the side of the end plate and bend it
as shown in the figure.
• Suffix “N” to the manifold part no.
VQ4
VQ5
Blanking plug (For One-touch fittings) Dimensions VQZ
04 Applicable
KQ2P- 06
08 fittings Model A L D
It is inserted into an unused cylinder port and SUP/EXH ports.
size ød
4 KQ2P-04 16 32 6
VQD
Purchasing order is available in units of 10 pieces.
6 KQ2P-06 18 35 8
8 KQ2P-08 20.5 39 10

∗ When ordering a plug incorporated with a


Port plug manifold, indicate “CM” for the port size in
VVQ1000-58A the manifold no., as well as, the mounting
The plug is used to block the cylinder port when using a 4 port position and number of stations and
cylinder port mounting positions, A and B,
valve as a 3 port valve.
in the manifold specification sheet.

DIN rail mounting bracket ∗ When ordering assemblies incorporated


with a manifold, add suffix “-D” to the
VVQ2000-57A manifold no.
It is used for mounting a manifold on a DIN rail. The DIN rail
mounted bracket is fixed to the manifold end plate. (The
specification is the same as that for the option “-D”.) 1 set of DIN
rail mounting bracket is used for 1 manifold (2 DIN rail mounting
brackets).

DIN rail clamp screwn

Built-in silencer, Direct exhaust [-S] Exhaust port ∗ When ordering assemblies incorporated
This is a type with an exhaust port atop the manifold end plate. with a manifold, add suffix “-S” to the
The built-in silencer exhibits an excellent noise suppression manifold no.
effect. (Silencing effect: 30 dB)

Note) A large quantity of drainage generated in the air source


results in exhaust of air together with drainage.
 For maintenance, refer to page 2-4-176.

Silencer (For EXH port) Dimensions


This silencer is to be inserted into the EXH port (One-touch fittings) Applicable Effective area Noise
Series fittings Model A L D (mm2) reduction
of the common exhaust type. size ød (Cv factor) (dB)
VQ2000 10 AN200-KM10 59.6 80.8 22 26 (1.4) 30

Elbow fitting assembly


VVQ2000-F-L (C4, C6, C8)
It is used for piping that extends upward or downward from the
= 48

manifold.
~

When installing it in part of the manifold stations, specify the


= 14

assembly no. and the mounting position and number of stations by


~

using the manifold specification sheet.

2 stations matching fitting assembly ∗ The bore for the manifold no. is “CM”. ~= 22.8
Clearly indicate the 2 station matching ~= 3.5
VVQ2000-52A-C10 fitting assembly no., and specify the
For driving a cylinder with a large bore, valves for two stations are number of stations and positions in
operated to double the flow rate. This assembly for the cylinder the manifold specification sheet.
port is used in that case.
This assembly for the cylinder port is used in that case.

2-4-173
Base Mounted

Series VQ2000

Manifold Option
Double check block (Separated type) <Check valve operation principle>
VQ2000-FPG--
It is used on the outlet side piping to keep the cylinder in the
intermediate position for a long time. Combining the double check block
with a built-in pilot type double check valve and a 3 position exhaust Cylinder side
center solenoid valve will enable the cylinder to stop in the middle or (P2)
maintain its position for a long time.
The combination with a 2 position single/double solenoid valve will
prevent the dropping at the cylinder stroke end when the SUP residual
pressure is released.

Specifications
Max. operating pressure 0.8 MPa
Min. operating pressure 0.15 MPa To
CY SUP side pressure (P1)
Ambient and fluid temp. –5 to 50°C Note ) Based on JIS B 8375-1981 Lp
Flow characteristics: C –3.0 dm3/(s·bar) (Supply pressure: 0.5 MPa) ort
Max. operating frequency 180 c.p.m

Dimensions
Single unit Manifold
(1.5)

25
4 4 4

45
A A A
17.5

2 2 2
4
37.5

A
B B B
2
2-Rc 1/8, 1/4, C6, C8
B
C6: One-touch fitting assembly for ø6
2-Rc1/8, 1/4, C6, C8 C8: One-touch fitting assembly for ø8
(For C6, C8)

C6: One-touch fitting assembly for ø6 L3

(For C6, C8)


C8: One-touch fitting assembly for ø8 L2
= 9.5)

= 9.5)
DIN rail L1
4.5 2-M4 mounting clamp screw 23 P = 22
(~

(~
hole
2-M6 mounting
hole
IN IN IN IN

5.5
69.5
(40)
80

58
6.5

80
39.5

37.5
Residual pressure release
(5)

10.5

(For C6, C8)


Manual override
(For C6, C8)

22 20.5 7
= 9.5)

(33) 58 D side Stations ··· 1 ····· 2 ····· 3 ··· n U side

= 9.5)
Residual pressure release 2-Rc1/8, 1/4, C6, C8
(41.5) (59.5)
(~

manual override C6: One-touch fitting assembly for ø6

(~
C8: One-touch fitting assembly for ø8
2-Rc 1/8, 1/4, C6, C8
C6: One-touch fitting assembly for ø6
B B B
C8: One-touch fitting assembly for ø8
2 2 2

65.5
A A A
4 4 4
45
B
25

2
37.5

A
7.5

Dimensions Formula L1 = 22n + 24 n: Station


17.5

n
L 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
(1.5)

L1 46 68 90 112 134 156 178 200 222 244 266 288 310 332 354 376
L2 75 87.5 112.5 137.5162.5 175 200 225 250 262.5 287.5 312.5 337.5 362.5 375 400
L3 85.5 98 123 148 173 185.5 210.5 235.5 260.5 273 298 323 348 373 385.5 410.5

How to Order
Double check block <Example>
VQ2000-FPG 01 01 F
Option
IN side port size OUT side port size Nil None
01 Rc 1/8 Rc 1/8
01 DIN rail mounting style
02 Rc 1/4 Rc 1/4 D
02 (For manifold)
C6 One-touch fitting for ø6 One-touch fitting for ø6
C6 F With bracket
C8 One-touch fitting for ø8 One-touch fitting for ø8
C8 N Name plate
Manifold Note) When two or more symbols are
specified, indicate them Drop Intermediate
prevention stops
VVQ2000-FPG 06 alphabetically.

Stations Caution
• Air leakage from the pipe between the valve and cylinder or from the • M5 fitting assembly is attached, not incorporated
01 1 station fittings will prevent the cylinder from stopping for a long time. Check into the double check block. After screwing in the
the leakage using neutral household detergent, such as dish M5 fittings, mount the assembly on the double
···

···

washing soap. check block.


16 16 stations
<Ordering Example> Also check the cylinder’s tube gasket, piston packing and rod [Tightening torque: 0.8 to 1.2 N·m]
VVQ2000-FPG-06····6 stations manifold packing for air leakage.
• Since One-touch fittings allow slight air leakage, screw piping (with Connection threads Proper tightening torque (N·m)
∗VQ2000-FPG-C6C6-D: 3 sets M5 thread) is recommended when stopping the cylinder in the middle Rc 1/8 7 to 9
∗VQ2000-FPG-C8C8-D: 3 sets Double check block for a long time. Rc 1/4 12 to 14
Bracket Assembly • Combining double check block with 3 position closed center or • If the exhaust of the double check block is throttled
pressure center solenoid valve will not work. too much, the cylinder may not operate properly
Part no. Tightening torque
and may not stop intermediately.
VQ2000-FPG-FB 0.8 to 1.0 N·m • Set the cylinder load so that the cylinder pressure
will be within two times that of the supply pressure.
2-4-174
Base Mounted

Plug-in Unit Series VQ1000/2000

Precautions 1
Be sure to read before handling. For Safety Instructions and Solenoid Valve Precautions, refer to page 2-9-2.

Light/Surge Voltage Suppressor How to Mount/Remove Solenoid Valve


Caution Caution
The lighting positions are concentrated on one side for both single
solenoid type and double solenoid type. In the double solenoid type, A
side and B side energization are indicated by two colors which match the VQC
colors of the manual overrides.
Manual override: Green Indicator light
Orange
SQ
Single solenoid
VQ0
Double solenoid Clamp bracket A
Clamp screw VQ4
Clamp bracket B
Indicator light
Manual override:
Orange A: Orange Removing VQ5
B: Green 1. Loosen the clamp screw until it turns freely. (The screw is captive.)
2. Lift the coil side of the valve body while pressing down slightly on the
(DWG shows a VQ1000 case.)
screw head and remove it from the clamp bracket B. When the screw
VQZ
DC circuit diagram head cannot be pressed easily, gently press the area near the manual
Single solenoid Double solenoid override of the valve. VQD
Stop diode Stop diode Mounting
Surge absorption
diode
1. Press down on the clamp screw.  Clamp bracket A opens. Diagonally
insert the hook on the valve end plate side into clamp B.
2. Press the valve body downward. (When the screw is released, it will be
locked by clamp bracket A.)
3. Tighten the clamp screw. (Proper tightening torque: VQ1000, 0.25 to
Light 0.35 N·m; VQ2000, 0.5 to 0.7 N·m.)
Surge absorption
diode Caution
Light
Note) Dust on the sealing surface of the gasket or solenoid valve can cause
A side energization: A light (orange) illuminates. With wrong wiring preventing ability (stop dieode). air leakage.
B side energization: B light (green) illuminates. Equipped with a surge absorption
(surge absorption diode) mechanism. Replacement of Cylinder Port Fittings
Manual Override Caution
The cylinder port fittings are a cassette for easy replacement.
Warning The fittings are blocked by a clip inserted from the top of manifold.
Without an electric signal for the solenoid valve the manual override is Remove the clip with a screwdriver to remove fittings.
used for switching the main valve. For replacement, insert the fitting assembly
Push type is standard. (Tool required) until it strikes against the inside wall and
Option: Locking type (Tool required/Manual) then reinsert the clip to the specified
 Push type (Tool required) position.
Bore ø4.2 Push down on the manual override
Bore ø3.2 Clip
button with a small screwdriver until
it stops. Release the screwdriver
and the manual override will return. Fittings assembly

Fittings assembly

 Locking type (Tool required) <Option>


Bore ø4.2 Push down on the manual override
Bore ø3.2 Clip
button with a small screwdriver or
with your fingers until it stops. Turn
clockwise by 90° to lock it. Turn it
counterclockwise to release it. Fitting assembly part no.
Applicable tubing O.D.
VQ1000 VQ2000
Applicable tubing ø3.2 VVQ1000-50A-C3 —
Applicable tubing ø4 VVQ1000-50A-C4 VVQ1000-51A-C4
Applicable tubing ø6 VVQ1000-50A-C6 VVQ1000-51A-C6
 Locking type (Manual) <Option>
Applicable tubing ø8 — VVQ1000-51A-C8
Push down on the manual override
M5 VVQ1000-50A-M5 —
button with a small screwdriver or
∗ Refer to “Option” on pages 2-4-172 to 2-4-173 for other types of fittings.
with your fingers until it stops. Turn
clockwise by 90° to lock it. Turn it Caution
counterclockwise to release it. 1. Use caution that O-rings must be free from scratches and dust.
Otherwise, air leakage may result.
2. After screwing in the fittings, mount the M5 fitting assembly on the
manifold base. {Tightening torque: 0.8 to 1.2 N·m}
3. Purchasing order is available in units of 10 pieces.
Caution
Do not apply excessive torque when turning the locking type manual override.
(0.1 N·m or less) 2-4-175
Base Mounted

Series VQ1000/2000

Precautions 2
Be sure to read before handling. For Safety Instructions and Solenoid Valve Precautions, refer to page 2-9-2.

Mounting/Removing from the DIN Rail Built-in Silencer Replacement Element


Caution Caution
Removing A silencer element is incorporated in the end plate on both sides of the A
1. Loosen the clamp screw dirty and choked element may reduce cylinder speed or cause
on side (a) of the end malfunction. Clean or replace the dirty element.
plate on both sides.
2. Lift side (a) of the Element Part No.
manifold base and slide
Element part no.
the end plate in the Type
VQ1000 VQ2000
direction of (2) shown in
Built-in silencer,
the figure to remove. VVQ1000-82A-1 VVQ2000-82A-1
direct exhaust
∗ The minimum order quantity is 10 pcs.

(2)

Remove the cover from the top of the end plate and remove the old element
with a screwdriver, etc.

End plate (1) (a)

Mounting
1. Hook side (b) of the
manifold base on the
DIN rail.
2. Press down side (a) and
mount the end plate on
the DIN rail.
Tighten the clamp screw
on side (a) of the end (b)
(1)
plate.
The proper tightening
torque for screws is 0.4
to 0.6 N·m.
(2) (a)
Hook

Enclosure IP65
Caution
Wires, cables, connectors, etc. used for models conforming to IP65 should
also have enclosures equivalent to or of stricter than IP65.

How to Calculate the Flow Rate


For obtaining the flow rate, refer to pages 2-1-8 to 2-1-11.

2-4-176
Base Mounted

Plug-in Unit Series VQ1000/2000

Option
Different Number of Connector Pins
F and P kits with the following number of pins are available besides the standard number (F = 25; P = 26). Select the desired number of
pins and cable length from the cable assembly list.
Place an order for the cable assembly separately.

F kit (D-sub connector) 15 pins P kit (Flat ribbon cable connector)


10 pins, 16 pins, 20 pins
VQC
10P, 16P, 20P
SQ
VQ0
VQ4
VQ5
VQZ
How to order manifold How to order manifold VQD
VV5Q11 06 C6 F SA N VV5Q11 06 C6 P SC N
Option Option
Stations Stations

Cylinder port Cylinder port

How to Order How to Order


D-sub connector, 15 pins Flat ribbon cable, 20 pins
Connector location–Side (horizontal) Connector location–Side (Horizontal)
Without cable Without cable

Kit/Electrical entry Kit/Electrical entry


Location Top entry Side entry Location Top entry Side entry
Pins Pins
15P (Max. 7 stations) Kit F UA Kit F SA 10P (Max. 4 stations) UA SA
Kit Kit
16P (Max. 7 stations) UB SB
Wiring Specifications P P
20P (Max. 9 stations) UC SC
∗ In the same way as the 25-pin models (standard), the terminal
no. 1 is for SOL.A at the 1st station, the terminal no. 9 for Wiring Specifications
SOL.B at the 1st station, and the terminal no. 8 for COM. ∗ In the same way as the 26-pin models (standard), the terminal
Wire Color Table by Terminal No.
Multi-core vinyl cable
of D-sub Connector Cable Assembly no. 1 is for SOL.A at the 1st station, the terminal no. 2 for
VVRF 0.3 mm2 x 15C
~
= ø9 Terminal no. Lead wire color Dot marking SOL.B at the 1st station, and two pins from the max. terminal
Plug connector 1 Black None numbers are for COM.
HDA-CTH 2 Brown None
(Made by Hirose Electric) 3 Red None
4 Orange None Red
Connector 5 Yellow None
HAD-15S
(Made by Hirose Electric) 6 Pink None
7 Blue None
8 Purple White
Terminal no.

9 Gray Black
10 White Black
11 White Red
12 Yellow Red
13 Orange Red
Terminal no. 14 Yellow Black Flat Ribbon Cable Assembly
15 Pink Black
Pins
D-sub Connector Cable Assembly Cable 10P 16P 20P
length (L)
Pins 15P AXT100-FC10-1 AXT100-FC16-1 AXT100-FC20-1
1.5 m
Cable length (L)
1.5 m AXT100-DS15-1 3mAXT100-FC10-2 AXT100-FC16-2 AXT100-FC20-2
3m AXT100-DS15-2 5mAXT100-FC10-3 AXT100-FC16-3 AXT100-FC20-3
5m AXT100-DS15-3 Connector width (W) 17.2 24.8 30
∗ For other commercial connectors, use a type conforming to MIL-C-24308. ∗ For other commercial connectors, use a type with strain relief conforming
to MIL-C-83503.

2-4-177
Base Mounted

Series VQ1000/2000

Option
Special Wiring Specifications Negative Common Specifications
In the internal wiring of F kit, P kit, J kit, G kit, T kit and S kit, Specify the valve model no. as shown below for negative COM
double wiring (connected to SOL. A and SOL. B) is adopted for specification. The manifold no. shown below is for the T and L
each station regardless of the valve and option types. kits. For other kits the standard manifold can be used. For
Mixed single and double wiring is available as an option. negative COM S or G kit, please contact SMC.

1. How to Order
Indicate an option symbol “-K”, for the manifold no. and be
VQ1100 N 5
sure to specify the mounting position and number of stations of
the single and double wiring by means of the manifold
specification sheet. Negative common specifications
Example) VV5Q11-08C6FU1-D K S
How to order negative COM manifold
T kit:
Others, option symbols:
to be indicated alphabetically. VV5Q11 06 C6 T N N
2. Wiring specifications
With the A side solenoid of the 1st station as no.1 (meaning, to
be connected to no.1 terminal), without making any terminals
vacant.
Option

Negative common
specifications
15 1 COM
14 16 2
13
23
24
25
17

18
3
Cylinder port
12 4
22 26 19
11 5
21 20
10 6
9
8
7 Stations

L kit:
F kit
D-sub connector
(25P)
P kit
Flat ribbon
cable connector
J/G kit T kit
Terminal block
(VQ1000, 24 termials)
T kit
Terminal block
(VQ2000)
M kit
VV5Q11 06 C6 L N 1 N
(26P)
Stations
3. Max. number of stations
The maximum number of stations depends upon the number of Cylinder port Option
solenoids. Assuming one for a single and two for a double,
determine the number of stations so that the total number is Negative common specifications
not more than the max. number given in the following table.

P kit Electrical entry


F kit (D-sub J kit (Flat ribbon G kit (Flat ribbon cable Cable length
Kit (Flat ribbon
connector) cable connector) with terminal block)
cable connector)
U U U U U U
0 With cable (0.6 m)
Type F S  F S A P S  P S C P S B P S A J US  G
25P 15P 26P 20P 16P 10P 20P 1 With cable (1.5 m)
Max. 2 With cable (3 m)
points 24 14 24 18 14 8 16 16

T kit S kit M kit


Kit (Terminal block) (Serial transmission) (Circular connector)
2 rows of 3 rows of
VQ2000 VQ1000

Type terminal blocks terminal blocks S M


16 24
Max.
points 20 16 24

2-4-178
Base Mounted

Plug-in Unit Series VQ1000/2000

External Pilot Specifications


When the supply air pressure is lower than the required minimum
operating pressure (0.1 to 0.2 MPa) for the solenoid valve (or
when the valve is used for vacuum), specify an external pilot
model. Order a manifold or valve by suffixing the external pilot
specification, “R”.
The X-port of the manifold base is equipped with One-touch
fittings for external pilot.
VQ1000: C4 (One-touch fitting for ø4) VQC
VQ2000: C6 (One-touch fitting for ø6)
SQ
How to order manifold
VQ0
VV5Q11-08C6FU1-R S
VQ4
Others, option symbols:
to be indicated alphabetically. VQ5
How to order valves VQZ
VQ1100 R 5 VQD
External pilot specifications
Note 1) When low wattage type is also desired, specify as “RY”.
Note 2) In this valve pilot exhaust is connected to the EA passage of the
manifold. Therefore, it is not possible to supply air from EXH port, nor
vacuum from ports other than SUP port.

Inch-size One-touch Fittings


The valve with inch-size One-touch fittings is shown below.

VV5Q11 06 N7 PS0 N
Stations
Option

Kit/Electrical entry
Cylinder port
Symbol N1 N3 N7 N9 M5T NM
10-32UNF
Applicable tubing O.D. (Inch) ø1/8" ø5/32" ø1/4" ø5/16" (M5 thread) Mixed

4(A), 2(B) VQ1000 —


port VQ2000 — —
Note) When inch-size fittings are selected for the cylinder port, use inch size
fittings for both P and R port.

1(P), 3(R) port size


VQ1000 ·········· ø5/16" (N9)
VQ2000 ·········· ø3/8" (N11)

2-4-179
Base Mounted

Series VQ1000/2000

Option
DIN Rail Mounting
Each manifold can be mounted on a DIN rail. Order it by
indicating a DIN rail mounting option symbol, “-D”. In this case, a
DIN rail which is approx. 30 mm longer than the manifold with the
specified number of stations is attached.
 When DIN rail is unnecessary
(DIN rail mounting brackets only are attached.)
Indicate the option symbol, -DO, for the manifold no.

Example)

VV5Q11-08C6FU1-D0S
Others, option symbols:
to be indicated alphabetically.

 When using DIN rail longer than the manifold with


specified number of stations
Clearly indicate the necessary number of stations next to the option
symbol “-D” for the manifold no.

Example)

VV5Q11-08C6FU1-D09S
DIN rail for 9 stations

Others, option symbols:


to be indicated alphabetically.

 When changing the manifold style into a DIN rail


mounting style.
Order brackets for mounting a DIN rail. (Refer to “Option” on pages 2-
4-168 and 2-4-173.)

No. VVQ1000-57A (For VQ1000)


VVQ2000-57A (For VQ2000)
2 pcs. per one set.

 When ordering DIN rail only


DIN rail no.: AXT100-DR-
As for , specify the number from the DIN rail table.
For L dimension, refer to the dimensions of each kit.

(Pitch)

L Dimension L = 12.5 x n + 10.5


No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
L dimension 23 35.5 48 60.5 73 85.5 98 110.5 123 135.5
No. 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
L dimension 148 160.5 173 185.5 198 210.5 223 235.5 248 260.5
No. 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
L dimension 273 285.5 298 310.5 323 335.5 348 360.5 373 385.5
No. 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
L dimension 398 410.5 423 435.5 448 460.5 473 485.5 498 510.5

2-4-180
Base Mounted

Plug-in Unit Series VQ1000/2000

VQC
SQ
VQ0
VQ4
VQ5
VQZ
VQD

2-4-181
For details about certified products
conforming to international standards,
visit us at www.smcworld.com.

VQ0000
Series
Base Mounted
Plug Lead Unit
How to Order Manifold

VV5Q 05 08 C4 F U1 D
Series/Manifold
05 VQ0000 Option
Kit type Symbol Option
Nil None
Cylinder port D DIN rail mounting style (2)
Symbol Port size K Special wiring specifications (Not double wiring) (3)
C3 With One-touch fitting for ø3.2 N With name plate
Stations C4 With One-touch fitting for ø4 S Built-in silencer, direct exhaust
01 1 station M5 M5 thread Note 1) When two or more symbols are specified,
CM With mixed size/with port plug Note) indicate them alphabetically.
···

···

Example) -DNS
The number of max. Note 1) Specify “Mixed size/with port plug” on Note 2) F, P, S, and T kits for VQ0000 are all equipped
stations differs from kit the manifold specification sheet. with a DIN rail, so include suffix “-D.”
to kit. Note 2) For inch-size One-touch fittings, refer Note 3) Specify the wiring specifications on the manifold
(Refer to the table to “Option” on page 2-4-216. specification sheet. (Except C kit)
below.) Note 3) M5 fittings for M5 thread are attached
without being incorporated.

Simple specials are available with SMC Simple Specials System.


For details about applicable models, please contact SMC.

Kit/Electrical entry: Cable length

F kit
(D-sub connector) P kit
(Flat ribbon cable connector)

Note 1)
Note 1) 26P
25P

Side entry Top entry Side entry Top entry

Connector entry direction Connector entry direction


Top entry Side entry P. 2-4-188 Top entry Side entry P. 2-4-192
U0 S0 Without cable U0 S0 Without cable
(2)
Kit Kit (2) Kit Kit
U1 S1 With cable (1.5 m) Max. 16 U1 S1 With cable (1.5 m) Max. 16
F U2 F S2 With cable (3 m) stations P U2 P S2 With cable (3 m) stations
U3 S3 With cable (5 m) U3 S3 With cable (5 m)

T kit
(Terminal block) C kit
(Connector) S kit
(Serial transmission unit)
The valve is equipped with an indicator
light and surge voltage suppressor,
and the voltage is 24 VDC.
The dust-protected type SI unit is
available, too. For details, please
contact SMC.

P. 2-4-204
0 Without SI unit
A With general type SI unit (Series EX300)
P. 2-4-196 (3)
B Mitsubishi Electric Corp.: MELSECNET/MINI-S3 Data Link System (2)
Kit Max. 16
Number of terminals: Applicable stations C OMRON Corp.: SYSBUS Wire System
1 S D stations
Kit 8, 1 row 1 to 8 stations P. 2-4-200 SHARP Corp.: Satellite I/O Link System
T Number of terminals: Applicable stations F1 NKE Corp.: Uni-wire System (16 output points)
2 16, 2 rows 5 to 16 stations C Connector kit Max. 16 stations H NKE Corp.: Uni-wire H System
Note 1) Besides the above, F and P kits with different number of pins are available. Refer to page 2-4-215 for details.
Note 2) For details, refer to page 2-4-216.
Note 3) Please consult with SMC for the following serial transmission kits: Matsushita Electric Works, Ltd.; Rockwell Automation, Inc.; SUNX
Corporation; Fuji Electric Co., Ltd.; OMRON Corporation.

2-4-182
Base Mounted

Plug-in Unit Series VQ0000

How to Order Valves How to Order Valve Manifold Assembly


Example
VQ 0 1 5 0 Y 5 LO
Manual override
Series Nil: Non-locking B: Locking type
push type (Tool required) Closed center (24 VDC)
0 VQ0000 (Tool required) VQ0350-5MO
Type of actuation Double solenoid (24 VDC)
2 position single VQ0250-5MO
U sid
e
Sta
1 tio
ns
3
VQC
Electrical entry 2
1
D sid
e
2 position double
G: Grommet L: L plug LO: L plug Single solenoid (24 VDC) SQ
Metal

C Kit only connector connector VQ0150-5MO


Except AC. With lead wire Without connector
2 2 position double
With light/surge With light/surge VQ0
voltage suppressor voltage suppressor
Rubber

3m VQ4
3 position closed center
M: M plug MO: M plug VQ5
connector connector
3
With lead wire Without connector
With light/surge With light/surge
VQZ
3 position exhaust center voltage suppressor voltage suppressor VV5Q05-07C4FS2-D ··· 1 set (F kit 7 station manifold base no.)
∗ VQ0150-5MO ··· 3 sets (Single solenoid part no.)
4 ∗ VQ0250-5MO ··· 2 sets (Double solenoid part no.) VQD
∗ VQ0350-5MO ··· 2 sets (3 position solenoid part no.)

Note 1) LO or MO type valve is used for F, The asterisk denotes the symbol for assembly. Prefix
P, T, and S kits. The plug it to the part nos. of the solenoid valve, etc.
Body type connector and lead wire are
5 VQ0000 attached to the manifold. Specify the part numbers for valves and options together
Note 2) In cases of L and M type the beneath the manifold base part number. Besides, when the
connector direction is based on arrangement will be complicated, specify them by means of
Seal the pilot valve. the manifold specification sheet.
0 Metal seal Function Coil voltage
1 Rubber seal Symbol Specifications DC AC 1
100 VAC (50/60 Hz)
Note 1) For negative common 2
200 VAC (50/60 Hz)
Note)
specifications, refer to Nil Standard type (1.0 W)

 3
110 VAC (50/60 Hz)
“Option” on page 2-4-216.
Note 2) F, P, T and S kits requires High (1.5 W) 4
220 VAC (50/60 Hz)
connector assembly when H pressure type  —
5
24 VDC
increasing valve stations.
Refer to “Option” on page Low wattage (0.5 W) — 6
12 VDC
Y type 
2-4-216 for parts nos. Note) The C kits are applicable to
Note) For power consumption of 200/220 VAC. Please contact
AC type, refer to page 2-4- SMC for other kits.
186.
Manifold Option P. 2-4-208

Blanking plate assembly Name plate [-N∗] DIN rail mounting bracket [-D] Silencer
VVQ0000-10A-5 VVQ0000-N5-Station (1 to Max. stations) VVQ0000-57A-5 AN103-X233

SUP/EXH block plate Double check block Built-in silencer, Blanking plug
P 23
VVQ0000-16A-5- RPR VQ1000-FPG- direct exhaust [-S] KQ2P- 04
06
08

Exhaust port
SUP port block
EXH
port
block
L
CY ort
SUP/EXH port block P

Individual SUP spacer Individual EXH spacer


VVQ0000-P-5-C4 VVQ0000-R-5-C4
• For cylinder port fittings part no., refer to page 2-4-213.
• For replacement parts, refer to page 2-4-231.

2-4-183
For details about certified products
conforming to international standards,
visit us at www.smcworld.com.

VQ1000
Series
Base Mounted
Plug Lead Unit
How to Order Manifold

VV5Q 12 08 C6 F U1 D
Series/Manifold Option
12 VQ1000 Kit type
Cylinder port Symbol Option
Symbol Port size Nil None
Stations B With back pressure check valve
C3 With One-touch fitting for ø3.2
01 1 station With One-touch fitting for ø4 D DIN rail mounting style (3)
C4
C6 With One-touch fitting for ø6 K Special wiring specifications (Not double wiring) (4)
···

···

M5 M5 thread N With name plate


The number of max. stations S Built-in silencer, direct exhaust
CM With mixed size/with port plug
differs from kit to kit.
(Refer to the table below.) L3 With elbow One-touch fitting ø3.2 for top piping Note 1) When two or more symbols are specified,
indicate them alphabetically. Example) -BNS
L4 With elbow One-touch fitting ø4 for top piping Note 2) Models with a suffix “-B” have check valves
Note 1) Specify “Mixed size/with port
plug” in the manifold L6 With elbow One-touch fitting ø6 for top piping for prevention of back pressure at all manifold
specification sheet. L5 Elbow M5 thread for top piping stations. If not all stations need this check
Note 2) For One-touch fittings in inch valve, specify the stations where check valves
B3 With elbow One-touch fitting ø3.2 for bottom piping
sizes, refer to “Option” on are installed by using manifold specification
page 2-4-216. B4 With elbow One-touch fitting ø4 for bottom piping sheet.
Note 3) M5 fittings for M5 thread are B6 With elbow One-touch fitting ø6 for bottom piping Note 3) Manifold is a DIN rail mounting style, and so
attached without being B5 Elbow M5 thread for bottom piping suffix -D should be indicated.
incorporated. Note 4) Specify the wiring specifications in the
LM Mixed size for elbow piping manifold specification sheet. (Except C kit)
Kit/Electrical entry/Cable length

F kit
(D-sub connector) P kit
(Flat ribbon cable connector)

Note 2) Side entry Note 2) Top entry


Side entry 25P Top entry 26P

Connector entry direction Connector entry direction


Top entry Side entry P. 2-4-188 Top entry Side entry P. 2-4-192
U0 S0 Without cable U0 S0 Without cable
Kit Kit (2) Kit Kit (2)
U1 S1 With cable (1.5 m) Max. 16 U1 S1 With cable (1.5 m) Max. 16
F U2 F S2 With cable (3 m) stations P U2 P S2 With cable (3 m) stations
U3 S3 With cable (5 m) U3 S3 With cable (5 m)

T kit
(Terminal block) C kit
(Connector) S kit
(Serial transmission unit)
The valve is equipped with an
indicator light and surge voltage
suppressor, and the voltage is 24
VDC.
The dust-protected type SI unit is
available, too. For details, please
contact SMC.
P. 2-4-204
0 Without SI unit
A With general type SI unit (Series EX300)
B Mitsubishi Electric Corp.: MELSECNET/MINI-S3 Data Link System
C OMRON Corp.: SYSBUS Wire System (2)
D SHARP Corp.: Satellite I/O Link System Max.16
E Matsushita Electric Works: MEWNET-F System stations
F1 NKE Corp.: Uni-wire System (16 output points)
Kit G Rockwell Automation: Allen Bradley Remote I/O (RIO) System
S H NKE Corp.: Uni-wire H System
J1 SUNX Corp.: S-LINK System (16 output points)
J2 SUNX Corp.: S-LINK System (8 output points) Max. 8 stations
P. 2-4-196 K Fuji Electric Co.: T-LINK Mini System Max.16
Number of terminals: Applicable stations Q DeviceNet, CompoBus/D (OMRON Corp.) stations
kit 1 8, 1 row 1 to 8 stations P. 2-4-200 R1 OMRON Corp.: CompoBus/S System (16 output points)
T Number of terminals: Applicable stations (2) R2 OMRON Corp.: CompoBus/S System (8 output points) Max. 8 stations
2 16, 2 rows 5 to 16 stations C
Connector kit Max. 16 stations V Mitsubishi Electric Corp.: CC-LINK System Max. 16 stations
Note 1) Besides the above, F and P kits with different number of pins Simple specials are available with SMC Simple Specials
are available. Refer to page 2-4-215 for details. System. For details about applicable models, please contact
Note 2) For details, refer to page 2-4-216. SMC.
2-4-184
Base Mounted

Plug-in Unit Series VQ1000

How to Order Valves How to Order Valve Manifold Assembly


Example
VQ 1 1 1 0 Y 5 LO Single solenoid (24 VDC)
VQ1110-5LO Double solenoid (24 VDC)
Manual override VQ1210-5LO
Series e
Nil: Non-locking B: Locking type Usid ns
push type (Tool required) o
0 VQ0000
(Tool required) S tati
···
Type of actuation ide ·····
Ds 3 ··
2 position single 1 2

1 VQC
C: Locking type
Electrical entry (Manual)
2 position double L: L plug LO: L plug
connector
SQ
Metal

connector
With lead wire Without connector

2
With light/surge With light/surge VQ0
2 position double voltage suppressor voltage suppressor
Rubber

Cylinder ports
D-sub connector cable
C6: With One-touch fitting for ø6 VQ4
VVZS3000-21A-2

3 position closed center Note) LO type valve is used for F, P, T, F kit


(D-sub connector)
Manifold base (9 stations)
VV5Q12-08C6FU2-D
VQ5
and S kits. The plug connector
3 and lead wire are attached to the
manifold. VQZ
Coil voltage
3 position pressure center Function VV5Q12-08C6FU2-D ··· 1 set (F kit 8 station manifold base no.)
5 24 VDC ∗VQ1110-5LO ····· 4 sets (Single solenoid part no.) VQD
4 Symbol Specifications DC 6 12 VDC ∗VQ1210-5LO ····· 4 sets (Double solenoid part no.)
Standard (1.0 W)
Nil The asterisk denotes the symbol for assembly.
type  Prefix it to the part nos. of the solenoid valve, etc.
Body type High pressure (1.5 W)
H
type  Specify the part numbers for valves and options together
1 VQ1000 beneath the manifold base part number. Besides, when the
Low wattage (0.5 W)
Seal Y type 
arrangement will be complicated, specify them by means of
the manifold specification sheet.
0 Metal seal Note 1) For negative common specifications, refer
1 Rubber seal to “Option” on page 2-4-216.
Note 2) F, P, T and S kits requires connector
assembly when increasing valve stations.
For part nos., refer to “Option” on page 2-4-
216.
For power consumption of AC type, refer to
Manifold Option page 2-4-186. P. 2-4-208

Blanking plate assembly SUP/EXH block plate Double check block 2 stations matching fitting assembly
VVQ1000-10A-1 VVQ1000-16A-2 VVQ1000-FPG- VVQ1000-52A-C8

EXH
block plate
To
SUP block plate CY
Lp
ort

Individual SUP spacer Back pressure check valve assembly [-B] Elbow fitting assembly Silencer
C3
VVQ1000-P-1-C6 VVQ1000-18A VVQ1000-F-L C4C6 AN200-KM8
M5

C6 (SUP port)
One-touch fitting for ø6

Individual EXH spacer Name plate [-N∗] Built-in silencer, Port plug
VVQ1000-R-1-C6 VVQ1000-N2-Station (1 to Max. stations) direct exhaust [-S] VVQ0000-58A
Exhaust port
C6 (EXH port)
One-touch fitting for ø6

Blanking plug
• For cylinder port fittings part no., refer to page 2-4-213. 23

• For replacement parts, refer to page 2-4-231. KQ2P- 04


06
08

2-4-185
VQ0000/1000
Series
Base Mounted
Plug Lead Unit

Model
(1)
Flow characteristic Response time (ms) (2)
Number of (3) Weight
Series Model 1  4/2 (P  A/B) 4/2  5/3 (A/B  R1/R2) Standard : 1 W Low wattage: (3)
solenoids (g)
H : 1.5 W 0.5 W AC
C [dm3/(s·bar)] b Cv C [dm3/(s·bar)] b Cv
Metal seal VQ0150 0.41 0.20 0.10 0.44 0.26 0.11 12 or less 15 or less 29 or less
36
2 position

Single
Rubber seal VQ0151 0.53 0.20 0.12 0.53 0.22 0.13 15 or less 20 or less 34 or less
Metal seal VQ0250 0.41 0.20 0.10 0.44 0.26 0.11 10 or less 13 or less 13 or less
Double
Rubber seal VQ0251 0.53 0.20 0.12 0.53 0.22 0.13 15 or less 20 or less 20 or less
VQ0000
Closed Metal seal VQ0350 0.32 0.10 0.07 0.32 0.20 0.07 20 or less 26 or less 40 or less
3 position

center Rubber seal VQ0351 0.43 0.21 0.10 0.44 0.24 0.11 25 or less 33 or less 47 or less
50
Exhaust Metal seal VQ0450 0.32 0.10 0.07 0.44 0.26 0.11 20 or less 26 or less 40 or less
center Rubber seal VQ0451 0.43 0.21 0.10 0.53 0.22 0.13 25 or less 33 or less 47 or less
Metal seal VQ1110 0.70 0.15 0.16 0.72 0.25 0.18 12 or less 15 or less 29 or less
2 position

Single
Rubber seal VQ1111 0.85 0.20 0.21 1.0 0.30 0.25 15 or less 20 or less 34 or less
Metal seal VQ1210 0.70 0.15 0.16 0.72 0.25 0.18 10 or less 13 or less 13 or less
Double 64
Rubber seal VQ1211 0.85 0.20 0.21 1.0 0.30 0.25 15 or less 20 or less 20 or less
VQ1000 Closed Metal seal VQ1310 0.68 0.15 0.16 0.72 0.25 0.18 20 or less 26 or less 40 or less
center Rubber seal VQ1311 0.70 0.20 0.16 0.65 0.42 0.18 25 or less 33 or less 47 or less
3 position

Exhaust Metal seal VQ1410 0.68 0.15 0.16 0.72 0.25 0.18 20 or less 26 or less 40 or less
78
center Rubber seal VQ1411 0.70 0.20 0.16 1.0 0.30 0.25 25 or less 33 or less 47 or less
Pressure Metal seal VQ1510 0.70 0.15 0.16 0.72 0.25 0.18 20 or less 26 or less 40 or less
center Rubber seal VQ1511 0.85 0.20 0.21 0.65 0.42 0.18 25 or less 33 or less 47 or less
Note 1) Cylinder port size C4: (VQ0000), C6: (VQ1000) without check valve option for prevention of back pressure.
As per JIS B 8375-1981 (Supply pressure: 0.5 MPa; with indicator light/surge voltage suppressor; clean air)
Note 2) The response time is subject to the pressure and quality of the air. The values at the time of ON are given for
double types.
Note 3) AC type is only for VQ0000.

JIS Symbol Standard Specifications


2 position single
Valve construction Metal seal Rubber seal
Fluid Air/Inert gas
Maximum operating pressure 0.7 MPa (High pressure type: 0.8 MPa)
Valve specifications

2 position double Single 0.1 MPa 0.15 MPa


Min. operating
Metal Double 0.1 MPa
pressure
3 position 0.1 MPa 0.2 MPa
2 position double Ambient and fluid temperature –10 to 50°C (1)
Rubber Lubrication Not required
Manual override Non-locking push type/Locking type (Tool required, Manually operated) Option
3 position closed center Impact/Vibration resistance (2) 150/30 m/s2
Enclosure Dust tight
Coil rated voltage 12, 24 VDC, 100, 110, 200, 220 VAC (50/60 Hz)
Allowable voltage fluctuation ±10% of rated voltage
3 position exhaust center
Coil insulation type Equivalent to class B
(3) (4)
24 VDC 1 W DC (42 mA), 1.5 W DC (63 mA) , 0.5 W DC (21 mA)
Solenoid

(3)
12 VDC 1 W DC (83 mA), 1.5 W DC (125 mA) , 0.5 W DC (42 mA) (4)
3 position pressure center Power consumption 100 VAC Inrush 0.5 VA (5 mA), Holding 0.5 VA (5 mA)
(Current) 110 VAC Inrush 0.55 VA (5 mA), Holding 0.55 VA (5 mA)
VQ0000
200 VAC Inrush 1.0 VA (5 mA), Holding 1.0 VA (5 mA)
220 VAC Inrush 1.1 VA (5 mA), Holding 1.1 VA (5 mA)
Note 1) Use dry air to prevent condensation when operating at low temperatures.
Note 2) Impact resistance: No malfunction occurred when it is tested with a drop tester in the axial direction and at the
right angles to the main valve and armature in both energized and de-energized states
every once for each condition. (Values at the initial period)
Vibration resistance: No malfunction occurred in a one-sweep test between 45 and 2000 Hz. Test was performed
at both energized and de-energized states in the axial direction and at the right angles to the
main valve and armature. (Values at the initial period)
Note 3) Value for high pressure type (1.5 W)
Note 4) Value for low pressure type (0.5 W)
Note 5) AC type is available only on VQ0000.

2-4-186
Base Mounted

Plug Lead Unit Series VQ0000/1000

Manifold Specifications
Porting specifications (2)
Applicable 5 station
Port size (1) Applicable
Series Base model Type of connection Port solenoid weight
stations
location 1(P), 3(R) 4(A), 2(B) valve (g)

 F kit– D-sub connector C6 (ø6) 330


C3 (ø3.2) (Single)
 P kit–Flat ribbon cable connector Option
C4 (ø4) 1 to 16 VQ050 400
VQ0000 VV5Q05-  T kit–Terminal block Side Built-in silencer, stations VQ051 (Double,
 C kit–Individual connector direct exhaust M5 (M5 thread) 3 position)
 S kit–Serial transmission
VQC
 F kit–D-sub connector C8 (ø8) 818
 P kit–Flat ribbon cable connector
C3 (ø3.2) (Single) SQ
Option C4 (ø4)C6 (ø6) 1 to 16 VQ110 885
VQ1000 VV5Q12-  T kit–Terminal block Side stations
 C kit–Individual connector
Built-insilencer,
direct exhaust
M5 (M5 thread) VQ111 (Double, VQ0
3 position)
 S kit–Serial transmission
VQ4
Note 1) Inch-size One-touch fittings are also available. For details, refer to page 2-4-216.
Note 2) For details, refer to page 2-4-216.
VQ5
VQZ
VQD

Type of
connection 3(R) port

A, B porting

R port
P port

1(P) port

4(A), 2(B) port

Type of connection

2-4-187
F VQ0000/1000
Kit (D-sub connector)
 The D-sub connector reduces installation labor for electrical VV5Q05 VV5Q12
connections.
 Using the D-sub connector (25P), (15P as an option) conforming
to MIL standard permits the use of connectors put on the market
and gives a wide interchangeability.
Top or side connector receptacle position can be selected in Manifold Specifications
accordance with the available mounting space. Porting specifications
Series Port Port size Applicable
 Maximum stations are 16. stations
location 1(P), 3(R) 4(A), 2(B)
VQ0000 Side C6 C3, C4, M5 Max. 16 stations
VQ1000 Side C8 C3, C4, C6, M5 Max. 16 stations
D-sub Connector (25 pins)

Cable assembly 
015
AXT100-DS25- 030 Wire Color by Terminal No. of
050
D-sub Connector Cable Assembly
The D-sub connector cable assembly can be ordered individually or included with
manifold. Refer to How to Order Manifold. Terminal no. Dot marking Lead wire color
Electric 1 Black None
2 Brown None
D-sub Connector Cable Assembly (Option) Characteristics
3 Red None
Multi-core vinyl cable Item Characteristics
Cable 4 Orange None
0.3 mm2 x 25C Assembly part no. Note
length (L) Conductor 65 5 Yellow None
resistance 6 Pink None
~
= ø10 1.5 m AXT100-DS25-015 Ω/km, 20°C or less
Cable 25-core 7 Blue None
3m AXT100-DS25-030 Insulation 8 Purple White
x 24AWG resistance 1000
9 Gray Black
L

5m AXT100-DS25-050 V, 1 min, AC
∗ For other commercial connectors, use a 25 pins Insulation 10 White Black
11 White Red
44

type with female connector conforming to MIL-C- resistance 5 or more


24308. MΩD, 20°C 12 Yellow Red
Note) The minimum bending 13 Orange Red
8

radius of D-sub cable 14 Yellow Black


Connector manufacturers’ example assembly is 20 mm. 15 Pink Black
55 2-M2.6 x 0.45
• Fujitsu Limited 16 Blue White
Socket side 17 Purple None
14 25 • Japan Aviation Electronics Industry, Ltd.
• J.S.T. Mfg. Co., Ltd. 18 Gray None
16

• Hirose Electric Co., Ltd. 19 Orange Black


1 13 20 Red White
Terminal no.
47.04 21 Brown White
22 Pink Red
23 Gray Red
24 Black White
25 White None
Note) Types with 15 pin are also available. Refer to page 2-4-215 for details.

How to Order Manifold

VV5Q 12 08 C6 F U 1 D
Option
Symbol Option VQ0000 VQ1000
Series/Manifold B With back pussure check valve  (2)
Cable (Length)
05 VQ0000 Plug lead D   (3)
Connector 0 Without cable DIN rail mounting style
12 VQ1000 unit entry direction Special wiring specifications (4)
1 With cable (1.5 m) K  
U Top entry With cable (3 m) (Not double wiring)
2
Stations S Side entry 3 With cable (5 m) N With name plate  

01 1 station S Built-in silencer, direct exhaust  


Cylinder port Note 1) When two or more symbols are specified,
···

···

Note) Symbol Port size VQ0000 VQ1000 indicate them alphabetically.


08 8 stations Example) -BNS
Note) C3 With One-touch fitting for ø3.2
Note 2) Models with a suffix “-B” have the back
As option, the maximum C4 With One-touch fitting for ø4 pressure check valve at all manifold
number of stations can be C6 With One-touch fitting for ø6 stations. If not all stations need this check
increased by special valve, specify the stations where check
wiring specifications. For M5 M5 thread
valves are installed by using the manifold
details, refer to page 2-4- CM With mixed size/with port plug specification sheet.
216. Note 1) Specify “Mixed size/with port plug” on the Note 3) F kit of VQ0000 and all of VQ1000 are
manifold specification sheet. equipped with a DIN rail, so indicate suffix
Note 2) For inch-size One-touch fittings, refer to “D”.
“Option” on page 2-4-216. Note 4) Specify the wiring specifications on the
manifold specification sheet.

2-4-188
Base Mounted

Plug Lead Unit Series VQ0000/1000

VQC
SQ
S
ta

U
s id
tio

e
ns

VQ0
3

D
2

sid
e
1

 Electrical wiring specifications


D-sub connector assembly VQ4
015
AXT100-DS25- 030 Wire color

D-sub connector Terminal no. Polarity


050
Lead wire color Dot marking
VQ5
SOL.A 1 (–) (+) Black None
1 station { SOL.B
SOL.A
14
2
(–)
(–)
(+)
(+)
Yellow
Brown
Black
None
VQZ
2 stations { SOL.B 15 (–) (+) Pink Black

VV5Q05 3 stations {
SOL.A
SOL.B
3
16
(–)
(–)
(+)
(+)
Red
Blue
None
White
VQD
SOL.A 4 (–) (+) Orange None
4 stations { SOL.B 17 (–) (+) Purple None
SOL.A 5 (–) (+) Yellow None
The total number of stations is tabulated 5 stations { SOL.B 18 (–) (+) Gray None
starting from station one on the D side. SOL.A 6 (–) (+) Pink None
6 stations { SOL.B 19 (–) (+) Orange Black
SOL.A 7 (–) (+) Blue None
7 stations { SOL.B 20 (–) (+) Red White
Usid
e ons
tati
SOL.A 8 (–) (+) Purple White
8 stations {
· · · · ··· S SOL.B 21 (–) (+) Brown White
··
·····
COM.
e 13 (+) (–) Orange Red
D sid 3 ····
Connector Note)
terminal no. Positive Negative
1 2 common common
specifications specifications

As the standard electrical wiring specifications, double wiring (connected to SOL.


A and SOL. B) is adopted for the internal wiring of each station for 8 stations or
less, regardless of valve and option types.
Mixed single and double wiring is available as an option.
For details, refer to page 2-4-216.
Note) When using the negative common specifications, use valves for negative
common. (Refer to page 2-4-216.)

How to Order Valves How to Order Manifold Assembly


Specify the part numbers for valves and
VQ 1 1 1 0 Y 5 LO options together beneath the manifold base
part number.
Series
Manual override <Example>
0 VQ0000
Nil Non-locking push type (Tool required) D-sub connector kit with cable (3 m)
1 VQ1000
B Locking type (Tool required) VV5Q12-08C6FU2-D ··· 1 set–Manifold base no.
Type of actuation C Locking type (Manual) Note) ∗VQ1110-5LO ······· 4 sets–Valve part no. (Stations 1 to 4)
Note) VQ1000 only. ∗VQ1210-5LO ······· 4 sets–Valve part no. (Stations 5 to 8)
1 2 position single ∗VQ1310-5LO ······· 2 sets–Valve part no. (Stations 7 to 8)
2 2 position double Electrical entry VQ0000 VQ1000 ∗VVQ1000-10A-1···· 1 set–Blanking plate part no. (Station 9)
3 3 position closed center LO L plug connector without connector  
Prefix the asterisk Write sequentially from the 1st
4 3 position exhaust center MO M plug terminal without connector  — to the part nos. of station on the D side. When
5 3 position pressure center (VQ1000 only) Note) Plug connector and lead wire layers are attached to the the solenoid valve, part nos. written collectively are
manifold. etc. complicated, specified by using
Body type Coil voltage the manifold specification sheet.
VQ0000 VQ1000
5 VQ0000 Plug lead Function 100 VAC
1 VQ1000 unit 1  —
Symbol Specifications DC AC (50/60 Hz)
Seal Standard (1.0 W) Note) 3 110 VAC  —
Nil
type   (50/60 Hz) Usid
e
0 Metal seal
High 5 24 VDC   e tion
s
1 Rubber seal (1.5 W) — D sid Sta
H 6 12 VDC   ····
pressure type  3 ··
·····
Note 1) For negative common 1 2
Note 2) specifications, refer to Low wattage (0.5 W)
Y —
“Option” on page 2-4- type 
216.
Note) For power consumption of AC
Connector assembly
type, refer to page 2-4-186.
will be required when
the F kits add a valve.
For part nos., refer to
“Option” on page 2-4- 2-4-189
216.
F
VQ0000
VQ0000/1000
Kit (D-sub connector)

(Lead wire length)


L4
5.2 L3

= 300
~
Applicable connector: D-sub connector (25P)
(Conforming to MIL-C-24308)

131 (M plug connector) <141>


118 (L plug connector) <128>
108 (L plug connector) <118.5>
121 (M plug connector) <131>
5.5

76 (M plug connector) <81>


69.5 (L plug connector) <75>
26
35
5.5
42
61.5

66

80
51.5
DIN rail clamp screw

=4
Indicator light
23.3 P = 10.7
50
4.5 L1 34
L2 58
(M plug connector)
64
(L plug connector)
U side n 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Stations D side

2n-C3, C4, M5 Side entry connector [-FS]


C3: One-touch fitting for ø3.2
27 P = 10.7 C4: One-touch fitting for ø4
2-C6 M5: M5 thread
15.5
R(EXH) port Applicable connector:
2-C6 D-sub connector (25P)
P (SUP) port
(Conforming to MIL-C-24308)
58
50
30.7

7.5
25.4
19.7
17.5
11

81.5
51.5

=4

Indicator light
~

58
(M plug connector)
64
(L plug connector)
< >: AC

Formula L1 = 10.7n + 36, L2 = 10.7n + 45


Dimensions: Top Entry Connector [-FU] n: Station (Maximum 16 stations)
n 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
L
L1 46.5 57.4 68.1 78.8 89.5 100.2 110.9 121.6 132.3 143 153.7 164.4 175.1 185.8 196.5 207.2
L2 55.7 66.4 77.1 87.8 98.5 109.2 119.9 130.6 141.3 152 162.7 173.4 184.1 194.8 205.5 216.2
L3 112.5 125 137.5 150 162.5 175 175 187.5 200 212.5 225 237.5 250 250 262.5 275
L4 123 135.5 148 160.5 173 185.5 185.5 198 210.5 223 235.5 248 260.5 260.5 273 285.5
Dimensions: Side Entry Connector [-FS]
L n 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
L3 137.5 150 150 162.5 175 187.5 200 212.5 225 225 237.5 250 262.5 275 287.5 300
L4 148 160.5 160.5 173 185.5 198 210.5 223 235.5 235.5 248 260.5 273 285.5 298 310.5

2-4-190
Base Mounted

Plug Lead Unit Series VQ0000/1000

VQ1000

VQC
Indicator light

Manual override SQ
VQ0
VQ4
VQ5
VQZ
VQD
=6

DIN rail clamp screw


~

(Conforming to MIL-C-24308)
Applicable connector: D-sub connector (25P)

Side entry connector [-FS] D side Stations ······ 1 ··· 2 ··· 3 ··· 4 ··· 5 ··· 6 ····7 ··· 8 ····· n U side

3(R) EXH port

1(P) SUP port

Manual override
for serial connection

2n-C3, C4, C6, M5


P = 10.5
C3: One-touch fitting for ø3.2
C4: One-touch fitting for ø4
C6: One-touch fitting for ø6
M5: M5 thread

Applicable connector:
D-sub connector
(Conforming to MIL-C-24308)

Dimensions: Top Entry Connector [-FU] Formula L1 = 10.5n + 72 n: Station (Maximum 16 stations)
L n 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
L1 82.5 93 103.5 114 124.5 135 145.5 156 166.5 177 187.5 198 208.5 219 229.5 240
L2 137.5 150 162.5 175 187.5 200 200 212.5 225 237.5 250 262.5 262.5 275 287.5 300
L3 148 160.5 173 185.5 198 210.5 210.5 223 235.5 248 260.5 273 273 285.5 298 310.5

Dimensions: Side Entry Connector [-FS]


L n 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
L2 162.5 175 187.5 187.5 200 212.5 225 237.5 250 250 262.5 275 287.5 300 312.5 312.5
L3 173 185.5 198 198 210.5 223 235.5 248 260.5 260.5 273 285.5 298 310.5 323 323

2-4-191
P VQ0000/1000
Kit (Flat ribbon cable connector)

 MIL flat ribbon cable connector reduces installation labor


savings for electrical connection. VV5Q05
 Using the connector for flat ribbon cable (26P), (10P, 16P, 20P
as an option) conforming to MIL standard permits the use of
connectors put on the market and gives a wide
interchangeability.
Manifold Specifications
Top or side receptacle position can be selected in accordance Porting specifications
Applicable
with the available mounting space. Series Port Port size
stations
 Maximum stations are 16. location 1(P), 3(R) 4(A), 2(B)
VQ0000 Side C6 C3, C4, M5 Max.16 stations
VQ1000 Side C8 C3, C4, C6, M5 Max.16 stations

Flat Ribbon Cable (26 pins)


Cable assembly  Sta Us
tio ide
ns
····
1 ····
AXT100-FC26- to
3
3
2
1 Ds
ide
Flat ribbon cable connector assembly can be ordered individually or
included in a specific manifold model no. Refer to “How to Order Manifold”.

Red

VV5Q05
Terminal no.

ns
sid

io
U

at
St
···
···
···
···
···
e

···
sid

3
D

Flat Ribbon Cable Connector Assembly (Option) 2


1

Cable length (L) Assembly part no. Note


1.5 m AXT100-FC26-1
Cable 26 cores
3m AXT100-FC26-2
x 28AWG
5m AXT100-FC26-3
∗ For other commercial connectors, use a 26 pins type with strain relief
conforming to MIL-C-83503.

Connector manufacturers’ example


• Hirose Electric Co., Ltd. • Japan Aviation Electronics Industry, Ltd.
• Sumitomo 3M Limited • J.S.T. Mfg. Co., Ltd.
• Fujitsu Limited • Oki Electric Cable Co., Ltd.
The total number of stations is tabulated starting from one
Note) Types with 10, 16, or 20 pin are also available. Refer to page 2-4-215 for details. on the D side.

How to Order Manifold

VV5Q 12 08 C6 P U 1 D
Option
Symbol Option VQ0000 VQ1000
Cable (Length) (2)
B With back pressure check valve 
Series/Manifold Connector 0 Without cable
D DIN rail mounting style   (3)
05 VQ0000 Plug lead
entry direction 1 With cable (1.5 m) (4)
Special wiring specification
12 VQ1000 unit U Top (Vertical) 2 With cable (3 m) K  
(Not double wiring)
S Side (Horizontal) 3 With cable (5 m) N With name plate  
Stations Built-in silencer
Cylinder port S (Direct exhaust)  
01 1 station
Symbol Port size VQ0000 VQ1000
···

···

Note 1) When two or more symbols are


16 16 stations Note) C3 With One-touch fitting for ø3.2   specified, indicate them alphabetically.
C4 With One-touch fitting for ø4   Example) -BNS
Note) As an option, the maximum Note 2) Models with a suffix “-B” have the
number of stations can be C6 With One-touch fitting for ø6  back pressure check valve at all
increased by special wiring M5 M5 thread   manifold stations. If not all stations
specifications. For details, need this check valve, specify the
refer to page 2-4-216. CM With mixed size/with port plug  
stations where check valves are
Note 1) Specify “Mixed size/with port plug” on installed by using the manifold
the manifold specification sheet. specification sheet.
Note 2) For inch-size One-touch fittings, refer
Note 3) P kit of VQ0000 and all of VQ1000
to “Option” on page 2-4-216.
are equipped with a DIN rail, so
indicate suffix “D”.
Note 4) Specify the wiring specifications on
the manifold specification sheet.

2-4-192
Base Mounted

Plug Lead Unit Series VQ0000/1000

VQC
SQ
VQ0
 Electrical wiring specifications VQ4
Flat ribbon cable connector
VQ5
Terminal no.
SOL.A 1 (–)
Polarity
(+)
VQZ
1 station { SOL.B 2 (–) (+)
SOL.A 3 (–) (+) VQD
2 stations { SOL.B 4 (–) (+)
SOL.A 5 (–) (+)
3 stations { SOL.B 6 (–) (+)
SOL.A 7 (–) (+)
4 stations { SOL.B 8 (–) (+)
SOL.A 9 (–) (+)
5 stations { SOL.B 10 (–) (+)
SOL.A 11 (–) (+)
6 stations { SOL.B 12 (–) (+)
Connector SOL.A 13
terminal no. (–) (+)
7 stations { SOL.B 14 (–) (+)
SOL.A 15 (–) (+)
8 stations { SOL.B 16 (–) (+)
COM. 25 (+) (–)
COM. 26 (+) (–)
Triangle mark Note)
Electrical wiring Positive common Negative common
indicator position
specifications specifications specifications

As the standard electrical wiring specifications, double wiring (connected to SOL. A


and SOL. B) is adopted for the internal wiring of each station for 8 stations or less,
regardless of valve and option types.
Mixed single and double wiring is available as an option.
For details, refer to page 2-4-216.

Note) When using the negative commons specifications, use valves for negative
common. (Refer to page 2-4-216.)

How to Order Valves How to Order Manifold Assembly


Specify the part numbers for valves and
VQ 1 1 1 0 Y 5 LO options together beneath the manifold base
part number.
Series Manual override <Example>
0 VQ0000 Flat ribbon cable kit with 3 m cable
Nil Non-locking push type (Tool required)
1 VQ1000 Locking type (Tool required) VV5Q12-08C6PU1-D ···1 set–Manifold base no.
B
Type of actuation C Locking type (Manual) Note) ∗VQ1110-5LO ······ 4 sets–Valve part no. (Stations 1 to 4)
∗VQ1210-5LO ······ 3 sets–Valve part no. (Stations 5 to 8)
1 2 position single Note) VQ1000 only.
2 2 position double Electrical entry VQ0000 VQ1000 Prefix the asterisk to Write sequentially from the 1st
3 the part nos. of the station on the D side. When part
3 position closed center LO L plug connector without connector   solenoid valve, etc. nos. written collectively are
4 3 position exhaust center MO M plug terminal without connector  — complicated, specify by using the
3 position pressure center Note) Plug connector and lead wire are attached to the manifold specification sheet.
5 (VQ1000 only)
manifold.
e
sid

Coil voltage VQ0000 VQ1000


U

ns

Body type
io
at

Function
St
···

100 VAC
···

5  —
···

VQ0000 Plug lead 1


e

···
sid

(50/60 Hz)
···

Symbol Specifications DC AC
D

1 VQ1000 unit
2

110 VAC
1

Seal Standard (1.0 W) Note) 3  —


Nil
type   (50/60 Hz)
0 Metal seal
5 24 VDC  
1 Rubber seal High (1.5 W) —
H pressure type  6 12 VDC  
Note 1) For negative common
Note 2) specifications, refer to Low wattage (0.5 W)
“Option” on page 2-4- Y type 

126. Note) For power consumption
Connector assembly of AC type, refer to
will be required when page 2-4-186.
the P kits add a valve.
For part nos., refer to 2-4-193
“Option” on page 2-4-
126.
VQ0000
P VQ0000/1000
Kit (Flat ribbon cable connector)

= 300 ( Lead wire length)


L4
5.2 L3
Lead wire 0.2 mm2
Cover dia. ø1.5

~
131 (M plug connector) <141>
118 (L plug connector) <128>
108 (L plug connector) <118.5>
121 (M plug connector) <131>
5.5

69.5 (L plug connector) <75>


76 (M plug connector) <81>
26
61.5

5.5
42
35

66

80
51.5
DIN rail clamp screw

=4
Indicator light

~
23.3 P = 10.7 Applicable connector:
D-sub connector (26P) 58
4.5 L1 (M plug connector)
(Conforming to MIL-C-83503)
L2 27 64
(L plug connector)

U side n 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Stations D side

2n-C3, C4, M5 Side entry connector [-PS]


C3: One-touch fitting for ø3.2
C4: One-touch fitting for ø4
Applicable connector:
27 P = 10.7 M5: M5 thread Flat ribbon cable
2-C6 15.5 connector (26P)
R (EXH) port (Conforming to MIL-C-83503)
2-C6
P (SUP) port
63
58
50
30.7
25.4
19.7
17.5
16.7
11

7.5

(M plug connector)
(L plug connector)
=5

Indicator light
~

(M plug connector)
< >: AC
(L plug connector)

Formula L1 = 10.7n + 36, L2 = 10.7n + 45


Dimensions: Top Entry Connector [-PU] n: Station (Maximum 16 stations)
L n 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
L1 46.7 57.4 68.1 78.8 89.5 100.2 110.9 121.6 132.3 143 153.7 164.4 175.1 185.8 196.5 207.2
L2 55.7 66.4 77.1 87.8 98.5 109.2 119.9 130.6 141.3 152 162.7 173.4 184.1 194.8 205.5 216.2
L3 112.5 125 125 137.5 150 162.5 175 187.5 200 200 212.5 225 237.5 250 262.5 275
L4 123 135.5 135.5 148 160.5 173 185.5 198 210.5 210.5 223 235.5 248 260.5 273 285.5

Dimensions: Side Entry Connector [-PS]


L n 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
L3 137.5 150 150 162.5 175 187.5 200 212.5 225 225 237.5 250 262.5 275 287.5 300
L4 148 160.5 160.5 173 185.5 198 210.5 223 235.5 235.5 248 260.5 273 285.5 298 310.5

2-4-194
Base Mounted

Plug Lead Unit Series VQ0000/1000

VQ1000

Indicator light
Manual
override
VQC
SQ
VQ0
VQ4
VQ5
VQZ
=6
~

DIN rail clamp screw


1 (Conforming to MIL-C-83503) VQD
Applicable connector: D-sub connector (26P)

D side Stations ·· 1 ···2 ··· 3 ·· 4 ·· 5 ··6 ···7 ··8 ·· n U side

R (EXH) port

Side entry connector [-PS]


P (SUP) port

Manual override for


serial connection

2n-C3, C4, C6, M5


C3: One-touch fitting for ø3.2 P = 10.5
C4: One-touch fitting for ø4
C6: One-touch fitting for ø6
M5: M5 thread

Applicable connector:
Flat ribbon cable connector (26P)
(Conforming to MIL-C-83503)

Dimensions: Top Entry Connector [-PU] Formula L1 = 10.5n + 72 n: Station (Maximum 16 stations)
L n 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
L1 82.5 93 103.5 114 124.5 135 145.5 156 166.5 177 187.5 198 208.5 219 229.5 240
L2 137.5 150 150 162.5 175 187.5 200 212.5 225 225 237.5 250 262.5 275 287.5 287.5
L3 148 160.5 160.5 173 185.5 198 210.5 223 235.5 235.5 248 260.5 273 285.5 298 298

Dimensions: Side Entry Connector [-PS]


L n 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
L2 162.5 175 187.5 187.5 200 212.5 225 237.5 250 250 262.5 275 287.5 300 312.5 312.5
L3 173 185.5 198 198 210.5 223 235.5 248 260.5 260.5 273 285.5 298 310.5 323 323

2-4-195
T VQ0000/1000
Kit (Terminal block)
 It is a standard terminal block type.
 Two quantities of terminals can be selected in accordance with the VV5Q05
number of stations. (8 terminals/16 terminals)
 Maximum stations are 8. (16 stations as an option)

Manifold Specifications
Porting specifications
Series Port Applicable
Port size
location 1(P), 3(R) stations
4(A), 2(B)
VQ0000 Side C6 C3, C4, M5 Max.16 stations
 Electrical wiring specifications VQ1000 Side C6 C3, C4, C6, M5 Max.16 stations
T1

U
sid ion
e
S
ta
t
s
Terminal no.

D
sid
e
3
2
1
T2
Terminal no. Terminal no. Cover
SOL.A 1 (–) SOL.A 1 (–)
VV5Q05
1 station { SOL.B
SOL.A
2
3
(–)
(–)
5 stations { SOL.B
SOL.A
2
3
(–)
(–)
2 stations { SOL.B 4 (–) 6 stations { SOL.B 4 (–) Terminal block
SOL.A 5 (–) SOL.A 5 (–) connections
3 stations { SOL.B 6 (–) 7 stations { SOL.B 6 (–)
SOL.A 7 (–) SOL.A 7 (–)
Open the terminal block cover to connect the wires to
4 stations { SOL.B 8 (–) 8 stations { SOL.B 8 (–) the terminal block. (With M3 thread)
COM. COM (+) COM. COM (+)
e

ns
sid

In the case of double wiring (standard spec.) io


U

at
St

T1 (Terminal block of 1 row): 1-4 stations


···
···
···

T2 (Terminal block of 2 rows): 5-8 stations


···
3
e

T1 and T2 can be optionally chosen by adopting the combinations of


sid

2
D

single and double wiring (option spec.) etc.

The quantity of terminal blocks Double wiring (connected to SOL. A


used depends on the number of and SOL. B) is adopted for the
manifold stations internal wiring of each station,
Manifold Terminal blocks regardless of valve and option types.
1 to 4 stations 1 row
Mixed single and double wiring is
available as an option. For details,
5 to 8 stations 2 rows
refer to page 2-4-216.
Note) Wiring other than those above
is possible. For details, refer
to page 2-4-216.

How to Order Manifold

VV5Q 12 08 C6 T 2 D Option
Symbol Option VQ0000 VQ1000
(2)
Series/Manifold B With back pressure check valve 
(3)
D DIN rail mounting style  
05 VQ0000 Plug lead
unit
K Special wiring specifications (Not double wiring)   (4)

12 VQ1000
N With name plate  
Stations S Built-in silencer, direct exhaust  
01 1 station Note 1) When two or more symbols are specified, indicate
them alphabetically.
···

···

Example) -BNS
16 16 stations Note) Number of terminals Note 2) Models with a suffix “-B” have the back pressure
Note) Refer to page 2-4- check valve at all manifold stations. If not all stations
Applicable stations need this check valve, specify the stations where
216 for details.
1 8 terminals in 1 row 1 to 4 stations (Double wiring), check valves are installed by using the manifold
8 stations (Single wiring) specification sheet.
Cylinder ports Note 3) T kit of VQ0000 and all of VQ1000 are equipped with
Applicable stations
Symbol Port size 2 16 terminals in 2 rows 5 to 8 stations (Double wiring), a DIN rail, so indicate suffix “-D”.
16 stations (Single wiring) Note 4) Specify the wiring specifications on the manifold
C3 With One-touch fitting for ø3.2
specification sheet.
C4 With One-touch fitting for ø4 Note) The number of terminal blocks can be chosen
regardless of station qty. Suffix the option
C6 With One-touch fitting for ø6 symbol, “K” when the wiring specifications are
M5 M5 thread special.
CM With mixed size/with port plug Note)
Note 1) Specify “Mixed size/with port plug”
on the manifold specification sheet.
Note 2) For inch-size One-touch fittings,
refer to “Option” on page 2-4-216.

2-4-196
Base Mounted

Plug Lead Unit Series VQ0000/1000

VQC
SQ
VQ0
VQ4
VQ5
VQZ
VQD

How to Order Valves How to Order Manifold Assembly


Specify the part numbers for valves and
VQ 1 1 1 0 Y 5 options together beneath the manifold base
part number.
Series Manual override <Example>
0 VQ0000
Nil Non-locking push type (Tool required) Flat ribbon cable kit with 3 m cable
1 VQ1000
B Locking type (Tool required) VV5Q12-07C6T2-D ··· 1 set–Manifold base no.
Type of actuation C Locking type (Manual) Note) ∗VQ1110-5LO ········ 4 sets–Valve part no. (Stations 1 to 4)
1 2 position single Note) Available only for VQ1000 ∗VQ1210-5LO ········ 3 sets–Valve part no. (Stations 5 to 8)
2 2 position double
Electrical entry VQ0000 VQ1000
3 3 position closed center Prefix the asterisk Write sequentially from the 1st
3 position exhaust center LO L plug connector without connector   to the part nos. of station on the D side. When
4
MO M plug connector without connector  — the solenoid valve, part nos. written collectively are
5 3 position pressure center (VQ1000 only) etc. complicated, specify by using
Note) Plug connector and lead wire layers are
Body type the manifold specification sheet.
attached to the manifold.
e

5 VQ0000
sid

Plug lead
ns
U

Coil voltage VQ0000 VQ1000


io
at

1 VQ1000 unit
St
···
···

100 VAC
···
e

Seal Function
sid


···

1 —
D

(50/60 Hz)
2
1

0 Metal seal Symbol Specifications DC AC 110 VAC


3  —
1 Rubber seal Standard (1.0 W) Note) (50/60 Hz)
Nil 
Note 1) For negative common type  5 24 VDC  
specifications, refer to 6 12 VDC  
High (1.5 W)
“Option” on page 2-4- H —
pressure type 
216.
Note 2) Connector assembly will wattage (0.5 W)
be required when the T
Y Lowtype 

kits add a valve. Note) For power consumption of AC


For part nos., refer to type, refer to page 2-4-186.
“Option” on page 2-4-
216. 2-4-197
T VQ0000/1000
Kit (Terminal block)
VQ0000

(Lead wire length)


L4
5.2 L3

= 300
~131 (M plug connector) <141>
108 (L plug connector) <118.5>

118 (L plug connector) <128>


121 (M plug connector) <131>
5.5

69.5 (L plug connector) <75>


76 (M plug connector) <81>
26
5.5
35
61.5
42

66
DIN rail
clamp screw

23.3 P = 10.7 58
4.5 L1 (M plug connector)
L2 30 12
64
(L plug connector)
U side n 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Stations D side

2-C6 2n-C3, C4, M5


C3: One-touch fitting for ø3.2
R(EXH) port 27 P = 10.7
2-C6 C4: One-touch fitting for ø4
1(P) SUP port 15.5 M5: ø5 thread
58

55.5
50

45
30.7
25.4
19.7
16.7
11
7.5

This drawing shows the case of VV5Q05-T2-D.

< >: AC

Dimensions Formula L1 = 10.7n + 36, L2 = 10.7n + 45 n: Station (Maximum16 stations)


L n 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
L1 46.7 57.4 68.1 78.8 89.5 100.2 110.9 121.6 132.3 143 153.7 164.4 175.1 185.8 196.5 207.2
L2 55.7 66.4 77.1 87.8 98.5 109.2 119.9 130.6 141.3 152 162.7 173.4 184.1 194.8 205.5 216.2
L3 125 137.5 150 150 162.5 175 187.5 200 212.5 225 225 237.5 250 262.5 275 287.5
L4 135.5 148 160.5 160.5 173 185.5 198 210.5 223 235.5 235.5 248 260.5 273 285.5 298

2-4-198
Base Mounted

Plug Lead Unit Series VQ0000/1000

VQ1000

Indicator light VQC


Manual override
SQ
VQ0
VQ4
VQ5
DIN rail clamp screw
VQZ
=6
~

VQD

D side Stations ··1 ·· 2 ·· 3 ·· 4 ·· 5 ···6 ···7 ·· 8 ··· n U side

3(R) EXH port

1(P) SUP port

Manual override for


serial connection

2n-C3, C4, C6, M5 P = 10.5


C3: One-touch fitting for ø3.2
C4: One-touch fitting for ø4
C6: One-touch fitting for ø6
M5: M5 thread

This drawing shows the case of VV5Q12-T2-D.

Dimensions Formula L1 = 10.5n + 72 n: Station (Maximum 16 stations)


L n 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
L1 82.5 93 103.5 114 124.5 135 145.5 156 166.5 177 187.5 198 208.5 219 229.5 240
L2 150 162.5 175 187.5 187.5 200 212.5 225 237.5 250 250 262.5 275 287.5 300 312.5
L3 160.5 173 185.5 198 198 210.5 223 235.5 248 260.5 260.5 273 285.5 298 310.5 323

2-4-199
C VQ0000/1000
Kit (Connector)
 Standard with lead wires plug-connected to each valve individually. VV5Q05
 Maximum stations are 16.

Manifold Specifications
Porting specifications
Port Port size Applicable
Series

U
sid
e
stations

S
ta
location

tio
1(P), 3(R) 4(A), 2(B)

ns
VQ0000 Side C6 C3, C4, M5 Max. 16

D
3

sid
2

e
VQ1000 Side C8 C3, C4, C6, M5 Max.16 stations

1
Wiring specifications: Positive COM 
 The lead wires are connected to the valve as shown below. Connect
each to the power supply side.
Lead wire color Lead wire color
24 VDC 100 VAC 200 VAC 24 VDC 100 VAC 200 VAC
110 V 220 V 110 V 220 V
SOL.A (–) Black (Blue) [Red] SOL.A (–) Black (Yellow) [Yellow]
Red (Blue) [Red] Red (Blue) [Red]
COM ( + ) COM(+)(–) White (Gray) [Gray]

SOL.B

Single solenoid VQ0000 double VQ1000 double solenoid


Note ( ) is for 100, 110 VAC
Black (Blue) [Red]: [ ] is for 200, 220 VAC
A side solenoid (–)
Red (Blue) [Red]:
COM (+)
Black (Yellow) [Yellow]:
A side solenoid (–)

Red (Blue) [Red]:


COM (+)
St ide
s
Us

ion
 Plug connector lead wire length at
Note) The length of the lead wire provided
ide
Ds

is 300 mm. When ordering a valve White (Gray) [Gray]:


3
2

with a lead wire of 600 mm or B side solenoid (–)


1

longer, be sure to indicate the


model number of the valve without Example) Lead wire length 1000 mm
connector and connector assembly. VQ1110-5LO··········· 3 pcs.
AXT661-14A-10 ····· 3 pcs.

Connector Assembly (For DC)


Part no. for single Part no. for
Lead wire length
& VQ0000 double VQ1000 double
Socket (3 pcs.) AXT661-12A
300 mm AXT661-14A AXT661-13A
600 mm AXT661-14A-6 AXT661-13A-6
1000 mm AXT661-14A-10 AXT661-13A-10
2000 mm AXT661-14A-20 AXT661-13A-20
3000 mm AXT661-14A-30 AXT661-13A-30
Note) 100/110 VAC for single: AXT661-31A-; for double: AXT661-32A-
200/220 VAC for single: AXT661-34A-; for double: AXT661-35A-

How to Order Manifold

VV5Q 12 08 C6 C N
Option
Symbol Option VQ0000 VQ1000
Series/Manifold Cylinder port
Nil None  —
05 VQ0000 Plug lead Symbol Port size VQ0000 VQ1000 (2)
B With back pressure check valve — 
12 VQ1000 unit C3 With One-touch fitting for ø3.2   (3)
D DIN rail mounting style  
C4 With One-touch fitting for ø4  
N With name plate  
Stations C6 With One-touch fitting for ø6 — 
S Built-in silencer, direct exhaust  
01 1 station M5 M5 thread  
Note)
Note 1) When two or more symbols are
CM With mixed size/with port plug  
···

···

specified, indicate them alphabetically.


16 16 stations Note 1) Specify “Mixed size/with port Example) -BNS
plug” on the manifold Note 2) Models with a suffix “-B” have the
Note 2) specification sheet. back pressure check valve at all
For One-touch fittings in inch manifold stations. If not all stations
sizes, refer to “Option” on page need this check valve, specify the
2-4-216. stations where check valves are
installed by using the manifold
specification sheet.
Note 3) VQ1000 are all equipped with a DIN
rail, so indicate suffix “-D“.

2-4-200
Base Mounted

Plug Lead Unit Series VQ0000/1000

 Wiring specifications: Negative COM (Option) for VQ1000


 The lead wires are connected to the valve as shown below.
Connect each to the power supply side.
VQC
Lead wire color Lead wire color
SOL.A (+) Red SOL.A (+) Red
SQ
COM (–) Black COM (–) Black

SOL.B (+) White VQ0


Single solenoid
Double solenoid
Red: A side solenoid (+)
VQ4
Black: COM (–)
VQ5
Red: A side solenoid (+)

Black: COM (–)


VQZ
 Plug connector lead wire length VQD
Note) The length of the lead wire provided
is 300 mm. When ordering a valve
with a lead wire of 600 mm or White: B side solenoid (+)
longer, be sure to indicate the
model number of the valve without
connector and connector assembly.

Example) Lead wire length 1000 mm


VQ1110N-5LO······3 pcs.
Connector Assembly Part No. AXT661-14AN-10······3 pcs.
Double solenoid
Lead wire length Single part no.
Socket (3 pcs.) AXT661-12A
300 mm AXT661-14AN AXT661-13AN
600 mm AXT661-14AN-6 AXT661-13AN-6
1000 mm AXT661-14AN-10 AXT661-13AN-10
2000 mm AXT661-14AN-20 AXT661-13AN-20
3000 mm AXT661-14AN-30 AXT661-13AN-30
Note) When using the negative common specifications, use valves
for negative common.
(Series VQ050 has no polarity, so the negative common is applicable to standard models.)

How to Order Valves How to Order Manifold Assembly


Please indicate manifold base type,
VQ 1 1 1 0 Y 5 L corresponding valve, and option parts.

Series <Example>
Manual override Connector kit
0 VQ0000
Nil Non-locking push type (Tool required) VV5Q12-08C6C-D ···· 1 set–Manifold base no.
1 VQ1000 ∗VQ1110-5 ············ 3 sets–Valve part no. (Stations 1 to 3)
B Locking type (Tool required)
C Locking type (Manual) Note)
∗VQ1210-5 ············ 4 sets–Valve part no. (Stations 4 to 7)
Type of actuation ∗VVQ1000-10A-1··· 1 set–Blanking plate part no. (stations 8)
Note) Available only for VQ1000.
1 2 position single
2 2 position double Electrical entry VQ0000 VQ1000
3 3 position closed center G Grommet (Except AC)  — Prefix the asterisk to Write sequentially from the
L L plug connector with lead wire   the part nos. of the 1st station on the D side.
4 3 position exhaust center
solenoid valve, etc. When part nos. written
3 position pressure center LO L plug connector without connector   collectively are complicated,
5 (VQ1000 only)
M M plug connector with lead wire  — specify by using the manifold
MO M plug terminal without connector  — specification sheet.
Body type
5 VQ0000 Plug lead
1 VQ1000 unit Coil voltage VQ0000 VQ1000
e

ns
sid

Seal  —
io

Function
U

1 100 VAC (50/60 Hz)


at
St
··

Metal seal  —
···

0 2 200 VAC (50/60 Hz)


···

Symbol Specifications DC AC
e
sid

···
D

1 Rubber seal 3 110 VAC (50/60 Hz)  —


2

Standard (1.0 W) Note)


1

Note 1) For negative common Nil


type   4 220 VAC (50/60 Hz)  —
specifications, refer to 5 24 VDC  
“Option” on page 2-4- High (1.5 W) —
H pressure type  6 12 VDC  
216.
Low wattage (0.5 W) —
Y type 
Note) For power consumption
of AC type, refer to page
2-4-186.

2-4-201
C VQ0000/1000
Kit (Connector)
VQ0000

The broken lines indicate DIN rail mounting style [-D].

= 300 (Lead wire)


~
(L4)
5.2 (L3)

108 (L plug connector) <118.5>


131 (M plug connector) <141>
118 (L plug connector) <128>
121 (M plug connector) <131>
5.5

3 position 115
69.5 (L plug connector) <75>
76 (M plug connector) <81>

Double 107

123.5
26

Single 69
(5.5)
(35)
42
61.5

66

77.5
Lead wire: 0.2 mm2
Cover O.D. ø1.4

Mounting hole for 4-M4


DIN rail

=4
clamp screw

~
1 1 Indicator light 36
23.3 P = 10.7 11 ~
= 300
47 48.5
4.5 L1 (Lead wire length)
(M plug connector)
L2 53
U side n Stations
(L plug connector)
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 D side
L/M type plug connector Grommet
2n-C3, C4, M5
C3: One-touch fitting for ø3.2
2-C6 27 P = 10.7 C4: One-touch fitting for ø4
3(R) EXH port 15.5 M5: M5 thread
2-C6
P(SUP) port
47
6.5
5.7

39
19.7
8.7

14.5
(11)
(7.5)

< >: AC

Dimensions Formula L1 = 10.7n + 36, L2 = 10.7n + 45 n: Station (Maximum 16 stations)


L n 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
L1 46.7 57.4 68.1 78.8 89.5 100.2 110.9 121.6 132.3 143 153.7 164.4 175.1 185.8 196.5 207.2
L2 55.7 66.4 77.1 87.8 98.5 109.2 119.9 130.6 141.3 152 162.7 173.4 184.1 194.8 205.5 216.2
(L3) 87.5 87.5 100 112.5 125 137.5 150 162.5 162.5 175 187.5 200 212.5 225 225 237.5
(L4) 98 98 110.5 123 135.5 148 160.5 173 173 185.5 198 210.5 223 235.5 235.5 248

2-4-202
Base Mounted

Plug Lead Unit Series VQ0000/1000

VQ1000

= 300 (Lead wire length)


~
Indicator light VQC
Manual
override
SQ
VQ0
VQ4
VQ5
VQZ
DIN rail clamp screw

VQD
=6
~

D side Stations ····1 ··· 2 ···· 3 ··· 4 ··· 5 ··· 6 ····7 ···· 8 ····· n U side

3(R) EXH port

1(P) SUP port

Manual override for


serial connection

2n-C3, C4, C6, M5


C3: One-touch fitting for ø3.2 P = 10.5
C4: One-touch fitting for ø4
C6: One-touch fitting for ø6
M5: M5 thread

Dimensions Formula L1 = 10.5n + 72 n: Station (Maximum 16 stations)


L n 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
L1 82.5 93 103.5 114 124.5 135 145.5 156 166.5 177 187.5 198 208.5 219 229.5 240
L2 112.5 112.5 125 137.5 150 162.5 175 187.5 187.5 200 212.5 225 237.5 250 250 262.5
L3 123 123 135.5 148 160.5 173 185.5 198 198 210.5 223 235.5 248 260.5 260.5 273

2-4-203
S VQ0000/1000
Kit (Serial transmission unit)
 The serial transmission system reduces wiring work, while minimizing
G 1/2

wiring and saving space. G 1/2 prepared hole


 The system comes in type SA (generic for small scale systems) for VV5Q05
VV5Q12
Standard
VV5Q12
Dusttight (-XP)
equipment with a small number of I/O points, or 32 points max., type
SB (applicable to Mitsubishi Electric models) for controlling 512 I/O
points max., type SC (applicable to OMRON models), type SD Manifold Specifications
(applicable to SHARP models: 504 points max.), type SF (applicable to
NKE models: 128 points max.), type SJ (applicable to SUNX models), Porting specifications
Applicable
type SK (applicable to Fuji Electric models), type SQ (applicable to Series Port Port size
stations
OMRON’s Compo Bus/D), and type SR (applicable to OMRON’s location 1(P), 3(R) 4(A), 2(B)
Compo Bus/S).
VQ0000 Side C6 C3, C4, M5 Max.16 stations
 Max. 8 stations. (Specify a option model with 9 to 16 stations by using
the manifold specification sheet.) VQ1000 Side C8 C3, C4, C6, M5 Max.16 stations
St de
··· U si

ns
io

Type SA Type SB
at

With general type SI unit Mitsubishi Electric Corporation


···
···
···
···
e

(Series EX300) MELSECNET/MINI-S3 Data Link System


sid

···
D

3
2
1

ADDRESS NO. STATION NO.


Name of terminal block (LED)

POWER RUN SD RD ERR


RUN TRD
ERR

ù10 ù1

24V 0V S1 S2 SG R1 R2 FG 24V 0V SDA SDB SG RDA RDB FG

LED Description LED Description


TRD Lighting during data reception POWER Lighting when power is turned ON
RUN/ERR Blinking when received data is normal;
Lighting when data reception RUN Lighting when data transmission
with the master station is normal
RD Lighting during data reception
 Stations are counted from SD Lighting during data transmission
station 1 on the D side. Lighting when reception data error occurs
ERR. Light turns off when the error is corrected
 Double wiring (connected to
SOL. A and SOL. B) is
adopted for the internal wiring • T unit • Master station:
M3 screw Can be connected with PLC I/O card for serial PLC made by Mitsubishi Electric Corporation
of each station, regardless of transmission. Series MELSEC-A
valve and option types. Mixed EX300-TMB1···· For models of Mitsubishi AJ71PT32-S3, AJ71T32-S3
single and double wiring is Electric Corporation A1SJ71PT32-S3
Note

EX300-TTA1···· For models of OMRON ∗ Max. 64 stations, connected to remote I/O


available as an option. For Corporation stations (Max. 512 points).
details, refer to page 2-4-216. EX300-TFU1···· For models of Fuji Electric • No. of output points, 16 points. No. of sta.
Co., Ltd. occupied, 2 stations
EX300-T001··· For general models
∗ Up to 32 points per unit.
Item Specifications • No. of output points, 16 point
External power supply 24 VDC, +10%, –5% ∗ For details on specifications and handling, refer to the separate technical instruction manual.
Current SA, SB, SD, SE, SF, SG,
consumption SJ, SK, SQ, SR, SH, SV: 0.1A
(Internal unit) SC: 0.3A

How to Order Manifold


Dust-protected type (-XP) (VQ1000 only)
VV5Q 12
Series/Manifold
08 C6 S A D XP Suffix “-XP” for the dust-protected type SI unit.
(Except SE and SQ.)
Option
05 VQ0000 Plug lead Symbol Option VQ0000 VQ1000 Note
12 VQ1000 unit Model B With back pressure check valve —  (2)
0 Without SI unit
D DIN rail mounting   (3)
Stations Note 1) A With general type SI unit (Series EX300) Special wiring specifications
K   (4)
01 1 station
Cylinder port B
Mitsubishi Electric Corp.: (Not double wiring)
MELSECNET/MINI-S3 Data Link System N  
With name plate
···

···

Symbol Port size VQ0000 VQ1000


C OMRON Corp.: SYSBUS Wire System Built-in silencer,
16 16 stations Note) C3 With One-touch fittings for ø3.2   Max.16 S  
D SHARP Corp.: Satellite I/O Link System direct exhaust
C4 With One-touch fitting for ø4  
stations
Note) Note 2) E Matsushita Electric Works: MEWNET-F System Note 1) When two or more symbols are
For details, C6 With One-touch fitting for ø6 —  F1 NKE Corp.: Uni-wire System (16 output points) specified, indicate them
refer to page G Rockwell Automation: Allen Bradley Remote I/O (RIO) System alphabetically.
M5 M5 thread   Note 2)
2-4-216. H NKE Corp.: Uni-wire H System Example) -BNS
CM With mixed size/with port plug   Note 2) Models with a suffix “-B” have the
Note 2) J1 SUNX Corp.: S-LINK System (16 output points) back pressure check valve at all
Note 1) Specify “Mixed size/with Max. 8
Note 2) J2 SUNX Corp.: S-LINK System (8 output points) stations manifold stations. If not all stations
port plug” on the manifold
specification sheet.
Note 2) K Fuji Electric Co.: T-LINK Mini System need this check valve, specify the
Max.16 stations where check valves are
Note 2) For inch-size One-touch Note 2) Q DeviceNet, CompoBus/D (OMRON Corp.)
stations installed by using the manifold
fittings, refer to “Option” on Note 2) R1 OMRON Corp.: CompoBus/S System (16 output points)
Max. 8
specification sheet.
page 2-4-216. Note 2) R2 OMRON Corp.: CompoBus/S System (8 output points) stations Note 3) S kit of VQ0000 and all of VQ1000
Note 2) V Mitsubishi Electric Corp.: CC-LINK System Max. 16
stations are equipped with a DIN rail, so
Note 1) The general type requires a transmission indicate suffix “-D”.
unit on CPU side. Note 4) Specify the wiring specifications on
Note 2) Usable only for VQ1000 the manifold specification sheet.

2-4-204
Base Mounted

Plug Lead Unit Series VQ0000/1000

 SI unit output and coil numbering


<Wiring example 1> <Wiring example 2> Mixed wiring is available as an option.
Use the manifold specification sheet to specify.

SI unit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 SI unit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
output no. output no.
Un- Un-
A B A B A used A used A B A B A B A A A B
Double

Double

Double

Double

Double
SI Unit

SI Unit
Single

Single

Single

Single

Single
VQC
Stations 1 2 3 4 5 Stations 1 2 3 4 5 SQ
Double wiring (Standard) Single/Double Mixed Wiring (Option)
VQ0
Type SC Type SD
OMRON Corporation SHARP Corporation
VQ4
SYSBUS Wire System Satellite I/O Link System
VQ5
ADDRESS NO. STATION NO.
Name of terminal block (LED)

RUN
ERR
TRD
POWER RUN SD RD ERR
VQZ
ù10 ù1

24V 0V + – + – FG 24V 0V L1 L2 SG L1 L2 SG VQD


LED Description LED Description
Lights when transmission is normal and POWER ON when power supply is ON
RUN
PLC is in operation mode Lights when power is ON and
RUN
slave stations are operating normally
T/R Blinks during data transmission/reception
ON when transmission is abnormal Lights when slave station switch setting is
ERR ERROR abnormal, communication is abnormal,
PLC stopped and defective slave unit
R.SET ON for master unit control input
HOLD

• Master station unit: • Master station unit:


OMRON PLC SHARP’s PLC
SYSMAC C(CV) series New Satellite Series W
Types C500-RM201 and C200H-RM201 ZW-31LM
Note

∗ 32 units max., transmission terminal New Satellite Series JW


connection JW-23LM, JW-31LM
(512 points max.) ∗ Max. 31 units, I/O slave stations connected
• No. of output points, 16 points (504 points max.)
• No. of output points, 16 points

How to Order Valves How to Order Manifold Assembly


Please indicate manifold base type,
VQ 1 1 1 0 Y 5 LO corresponding valve, and option parts.

Series <Example>
Manual override Serial transmission kit
0 VQ0000
Nil Non-locking push type (Tool required) VV5Q12-08C6SA-D ···· 1 set-Manifold base no.
1 VQ1000
B Locking type (Tool required) ∗VQ1110-5LO ····· 4 sets-Valve part no. (Stations 1 to 4)
Type of actuation C Locking type (Manual) Note) ∗VQ1210-5LO ····· 3 sets-Valve part no. (Stations 5 to 8)
1 2 position single Note) Available only for VQ1000
2 2 position double Electrical entry VQ0000 VQ1000
Prefix the asterisk to Write sequentially from the 1st
the part nos. of the station on the D side. When
3 3 position closed center LO L plug terminal without connector   solenoid valve, etc. part nos. written collectively are
4 3 position exhaust center MO M plug terminal without connector  — complicated, specify by using
3 position pressure center the manifold specification
5
e

Note) Plug connector and lead wire layers are attached to the
sid

(VQ1000 only) sheet.


U
ns

manifold.
io
at

Coil voltage
St

Body type
··
···
···
e
sid

24 VDC; With light/surge


3
D

5
2

5 VQ0000 Plug lead


1

voltage suppressor
1 VQ1000 unit
Seal Function
0 Metal seal Symbol Specifications DC
1 Rubber seal Standard (1.0 W)
Nil
type 
Note) Connector assembly will be High (1.5 W)
required when the S kits add H pressure type 
a valve.
For part nos., refer to “Option” Low wattage (0.5 W)
Y type 
on page 2-4-216.

2-4-205
S VQ0000/1000
Kit (Serial transmission unit)
VQ0000

= 300 (Lead wire)


L4
5.2 L3

~
131 (M plug connector) <141>
Applicable connector:

118 (L plug connector) <128>


Flat ribbon cable connector (20P)

121 (M plug connector) <131>


108 (L plug connector) <118.5>
(Conforming to MIL-C-83503)
5.5

24V 0V S1 S2 SG R1 R2 FG

69.5 (L plug connector) <75>


76 (M plug connector) <81>
MODEL SA
ADDRESS

26
D4632
2

F
46
8
35
5.5
42
61.5

RUNTRD

66

83.5
ERR

51.5
DIN rail Flat ribbon
clamp screw cable unit

=5
~
Mounting screw Indicator light
23.3 P = 10.7 58
4.5 L1 65 65 (M plug connector)
L2 141 64
The DWG shows the SA type (L plug connector)
(General type)
U side n 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Stations D side
2n-C3, C4, M5
C3: One-touch fitting for ø3.2
27 P = 10.7 C4: One-touch fitting for ø4
2-C6 M5: M5 thread
15.5
3 (R) (EXH port)
2-C6
(P) SUP port
58
50
38.5
30.7
25.4
19.7
17.5
16.7
11

7.5

Dimensions Formula L1 = 10.7n + 36, L2= 10.7n + 45 n: Station (Maximum 16 stations)


L n 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
L1 46.7 57.4 68.1 78.8 89.5 100.2 110.9 121.6 132.3 143 153.7 164.4 175.1 185.8 196.5 207.2
L2 55.7 66.4 77.1 87.8 98.5 109.2 119.9 130.6 141.3 152 162.7 173.4 184.1 194.8 205.5 216.2
L3 225 237.5 250 250 262.5 275 287.5 300 312.5 325 325 337.5 350 362.5 375 387.5
L4 235.5 248 260.5 260.5 273 285.5 298 310.5 323 335.5 335.5 348 360.5 373 385.5 398

2-4-206
Base Mounted

Plug Lead Unit Series VQ0000/1000

VQ1000

VQC
SQ
VQ0
VQ4
= 4.5

The DWG shows a SB type


(applicable to Mitsubishi Electric models)
VQ5
~

Applicable connector: Flat ribbon cable connector (20P)


(Conforming to MIL-C-83503)
Dusttight SI unit VQZ
VQD

Indicator light
Manual
override

DIN rail clamp screw

The DWG shows a SA type


=6
~

(General type)

D side Stations ·· 1 ··· 2 ··· 3 ··· 4 ··· 5 ···6 ···7 ··· 8 ··· n U side

3(R) EXH port

1(P) SUP port

Manual override for


serial connection

2n-C3, C4, C6, M5


C3: One-touch fitting for ø3.2 P = 10.5
C4: One-touch fitting for ø4
C6: One-touch fitting for ø6
M5: M5 thread

Dust-protected type SI unit: L4 = L3 + 25, L5 = L4 + 25


Dimensions Formula L1 = 10.5n + 72 n: Station (Maximum 16 stations)
L n 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
L1 82.5 93 103.5 114 124.5 135 145.5 156 166.5 177 187.5 198 208.5 219 229.5 240
L2 162.5 175 187.5 200 200 212.5 225 237.5 250 262.5 275 275 287.5 300 312.5 325
L3 173 185.5 198 210.5 210.5 223 235.5 248 260.5 273 285.5 285.5 298 310.5 323 335.5
∗ Manifolds with SI unit for Matsushita Electric Works’ MEWNET FP and Rockwell Automation’s model are the same with L4
and L5 dimensions of dustproof SI unit.

2-4-207
Base Mounted

Series VQ0000

Manifold Option Parts for VQ0000


Blanking plate assembly JIS Symbol

VVQ0000-10A-5

It is used by attaching on the manifold block for


being prepared for removing a valve for
maintenance reasons or planning to mount a spare
valve, etc.

Individual SUP spacer


Valve
VVQ0000-P-5-C4 +
Individual SUP
When the same manifold is to be used for different D side Valve spacer Valve Valve U side
pressures, this spacer is mounted under the valve C4 (SUP port)
to equip each valve with an individual supply port. One-touch fitting
for ø4

Individual EXH spacer Valve


+
VVQ0000-R-5-C4 D side Valve
Individual EXH
spacer Valve Valve U side
When a valve exhaust affects other stations due to C4 (EXH port)
the circuit configuration, this spacer is mounted One-touch fitting
for ø4
under the valve to equip each valve with an
individual valve exhaust.

SUP/EXH block plate


VVQ0000-16A-5- PR (SUP)
(EXH)
PR (SUP/EXH)
1(P) (For SUP) SUP port block
When different pressures, high and low, are
SUP/EXH port block
supplied to one manifold, block a plate is inserted
between the stations under different pressures.
3(R) (For EXH) EXH port block
When a valve exhaust affects other stations due to
the circuit configuration, this plate is used between
the stations where exhaust should be separated.
1(P), 3(R) (For SUP/EXH) Ds
ide
When blocking SUP and EXH simultaneously,
SUP/EXH block plate (PR) is used.
∗ Specify the number of stations on the manifold Us
ide
specification sheet.

<Blocking indication label>


When blocking the SUP, EXH passage with a
SUP, EXH block plate, indication label for
confirmation of the blocking position from SUP passage blocked EXH passage blocked SUP/EXH passage blocked
outside is attached. (One label for each) (VVQ0000-16A-5-P) (VVQ0000-16A-5-R) (VVQ0000-16A-5-PR)
∗ When ordering a block plate incorporated with the
manifold no., a block indication label is attached
to the manifold.

Name plate [-N∗] ∗ When ordering assemblies incorporated with a manifold,


add suffix “N” to the manifold no.
VVQ0000-N5-Station (1 to Max. stations)
It is a transparent resin plate for placing a label that
indicates solenoid valve function, etc.
Insert it into the groove on the side of the end plate
and bend it as shown in the figure.

2-4-208
Base Mounted

Plug-in Unit Series VQ0000

Blanking plug (For One-touch fittings)


23
KQ2P- 04
06 Dimensions
It is inserted into an unused cylinder port and SUP/EXH
Applicable
ports. fitting Model A L D
Purchasing order is available in units of 10 pieces. size ød
3.2 KQ2P-23 16 31.5 3.2
4 KQP-04 16 32 6
6 KQP-06 18 35 8

VQC
∗ When ordering assemblies incorporated with a
DIN rail mounting bracket [-D] manifold, add suffix “-D” to the manifold no.
VVQ0000-57A-5 (VQ0000) SQ
It is used for mounting a VV5Q05 type manifold on a DIN
rail. The DIN rail mounting bracket is fixed to the manifold VQ0
end plate. (The specification is the same as that for the
option “-D”.)
1 set of DIN rail mounting bracket is used for 1 set of VQ4
manifold (2 DIN rail mounting brackets).
VQ5
DIN rail clamp screw

VQZ
∗ When ordering assemblies incorporated with a
Built-in silencer, Direct exhaust [-S] manifold, add suffix “-S” to the manifold no.
This is an exhaust port on the manifold end plate. The built- VQD
in silencer exhibits an excellent noise suppression effect.
(Silencing effect: 20 dB)
Note) A large quantity of drainage generated in the
air source results in exhaust of air together EXH outlet
with drainage.
 For maintenance, refer to page 2-4-214.

Silencer (For EXH port)


This is inserted into the centralized type
EXH port (One-touch fitting).

Dimensions
Applicable Effective Noise
Series fitting Model A L D area reduction
size ød (mm2) (dB)
VQ0000 6 AN103-X233 20 37 11 7 25

2-4-209
Base Mounted

Series VQ1000

Manifold Option Parts for VQ1000


Blanking plate assembly JIS Symbol
VVQ1000-10A-1

It is used by attaching on the manifold block for being


prepared for removing a valve for maintenance reasons or
planning to mount a spare valve, etc.

Individual SUP spacer Individual SUP spacer


VVQ1000-P-2-C6 SUP block plate SUP block plate
C6 (SUP port) D side Individual SUP U side
When the same manifold is to be used for different One-touch fitting for ø6 Valve spacer Valve Valve
pressures, individual SUP spacers are used as SUP
ports for different pressures. (One station space is
occupied.)
Block both sides of the station, for which the supply ide
Us
pressure from the individual SUP spacer is used, with SUP
block plate
SUP block plates. (Refer to the application ex.) ide
Ds
∗ Specify the spacer mounting position and SUP block Shut off label
plate position on the manifold specification sheet. A label indicating the SUP passage
blocking position is to be adhered.
The block plates are used in two places for one set.
(Two SUP block plates forblocking SUP station are
attached to the individual SUP spacer.)

Individual EXH spacer Individual EXH spacer


EXH block plate EXH block plate
VVQ1000-R-2-C6 C6 (EXH port) Individual EXH
When valve exhaust affects other stations due to the One-touch fitting for ø6 D side U side
Valve spacer Valve Valve
circuit configuration, this spacer is used for individual
valve exhaust. (One station space is occupied.)
Block both sides of the individual valve EXH station. ide
(See example.) Us
∗ Specify the mounting position, as well as EXH block EXH block plate
ide
base or EXH block plate position on the manifold Ds
specification sheet. The block plates are used in two Shut off label
places for one set. A label indicating the EXH passage
blocking position is to be adhered.

SUP/EXH block plate


VVQ1000-16A-2 Shut off label

When different pressures, high and low, are supplied


to one manifold, a SUP block plate is inserted
between the stations under different pressures. ide
Us
When a valve exhaust affects other stations due to the EXH block plate
circuit configuration, this plate is also used between
the stations where exhaust should be separated. It is ide
SUP block plate Ds
also used for individual exhaust by combining an EXH
block plate with an individual EXH spacer.
(2 EXH plates are necessary for 1 station.)
Note) The SUP/EXH block plate is common.
∗ Specify the number of stations on the manifold
specification sheet.
<Blocking indication label>
When using block plates for SUP/EXH passage,
the indication label for confirmation of the
blocking position from outside is attached. (One
label for each) SUP passage blocked EXH passage blocked SUP/EXH passage blocked
∗ When ordering a block plate incorporated with the
manifold no., a block indication label is attached to
the manifold.

∗ When ordering assemblies incorporated with a manifold,


Back pressure check valve assembly [-B] add suffix “-B” to the manifold no.
2 pcs. in 1 set
VVQ1000-18A
It prevents cylinder malfunction caused by other valve <Precautions>
exhaust. Insert it into R (EXH) port on the manifold 1. Back pressure check valve
assembly is assembled with a
side of a valve which is affected. It is effective when a
check valve structure.
single acting cylinder is used or an exhaust center However, as slight air leakage
type solenoid valve is used. is allowed for the back
Note) When a check valve for back pressure pressure, take note the
prevention is desired to be installed only in exhaust air will not be throttled
certain manifold stations, write clearly the part at the exhaust port.
no. and specify the station numbers by using 2. When a back pressure check
the manifold specification sheet. valve is mounted, the effective
orifice of the valve will
decrease by about 20%.

2-4-210
Base Mounted

Plug-in Unit Series VQ1000

∗ When ordering assemblies incorporated with


Name plate [-N∗] a manifold, add suffix “-N” to the manifold no.
VVQ1000-N2-Station (1 to Max. stations)
It is a transparent resin plate for placing a label that indicates P = 10.5
solenoid valve function, etc.
Insert it into the groove on the side of the end plate and bend it n: Stations
as shown in the figure.

VQC
Blanking plug (For One-touch fittings) Dimensions
KQ2P- 04
23 Applicable
fitting
SQ
06 Model A L D
08 size ød
It is inserted into an unused cylinder port and SUP/EXH ports. 3.2 KQ2P-23 16 31.5 3.2 VQ0
Purchasing order is available in units of 10 pieces. 4 KQP-04 16 32 6
6 KQP-06 18 35 8
8 KQP-08 20.5 39 10 VQ4
Port plug VVQ0000-58A ∗ When ordering a plug incorporated with a VQ5
manifold, indicate “CM” for the port size in
The plug is used to block the cylinder port when using a 4 port the manifold no., as well as, the mounting
valve as a 3 port valve. position and number of stations VQZ
andcylinder port mounting positions, A
and B, by means of the manifold
specification sheet. VQD
∗ Lightly screw an M3 screw in the port plug
hole and pull it for removal.

Hole

∗ When ordering assemblies


Elbow fittings assembly incorporated with a manifold,
C3
VVQ1000-F-L C4C6 indicate “L” or “B” for the
M5
manifold port size.
It is used for piping that extends upward or downward from the
manifold.
When not mounting it to all manifold stations, clearly write the

= 49.5
elbow type fitting assembly no. and specify the station’s qty and
position by manifold specifications. ~
∗ When mounting elbow fittings assembly on the edge of
manifold station and a silencer on EXH port, select a silencer,
AN203-KM8.
Silencer (AN200-KM8) is interfered with fittings.

Exhaust port ∗ When ordering assemblies incorporated


Built-in silencer, Direct exhaust [-S] with a manifold, add suffix “-S” to the
This is an exhaust port on the manifold end plate. manifold no.
The built-in silencer exhibits an excellent noise suppression
effect. (Silencing effect: 30 dB)
Note) A large quantity of drainage generated in the air source
results in exhaust of air together with drainage.

• For maintenance, refer to page 2-4-214.

2 stations matching fitting assembly ~


= 23
VVQ1000-52A-C8
For driving a cylinder with a large bore, valves for two stations
are operated to double the flow rate. This assembly for the
cylinder port is used in that case. The assembly is equipped
with One-touch fittings for a ø8 bore.
∗ The bore for the manifold no. is “CM”.
Clearly indicate the 2 station matching fitting assembly no.,
and specify the number of stations and positions on the
manifold specification sheet.

Silencer (For EXH port)


This is inserted into the centralized type EXH port ~
=A
(One-touch fitting). Dimensions
∗ When mounting elbow fittings assembly (VVQ1000-
Applicable Effective Noise
F-L) on the edge of manifold station, select a fitting area reduction
Series Model A L D
silencer, AN203-KM8. size ød (mm2) (dB)
Silencer (AN200-KM8) is interfered with fittings. AN200-KM8 59 78 22 20 30
VQ1000 8 ∗
AN203-KM8 32 51 16 14 25

2-4-211
Series VQ0000/1000

Manifold Option Parts for VQ0000/VQ1000


Double check block (Separated type)
VQ1000-FPG-
It is used on the outlet side piping to keep the cylinder in the
intermediate position for a long time. Combining the double check
block with a built-in pilot type double check valve and a 3 position
exhaust center solenoid valve will enable the cylinder to stop in the <Check valve
middle or maintain its position for a long time. operation principle>
The combination with a 2 position single/double solenoid valve will
permit this block to be used for preventing the dropping at the
cylinder stroke end when the SUP residual pressure is released. Cylinder pressure

Specifications
Max. operating pressure 0.8 MPa rt
po
C YL
Min. operating pressure 0.15 MPa To
Ambient and fluid temperature –5 to 50°C VVQ1000-FPG-02 1 set
Flow characteristics: C 0.60 dm3/(s·bar) ∗VQ1000-FPG-C6M5-D 2 pcs.
Max. operating frequency 180 CPM Note) Based on JIS B 8375-1981
(Supply pressure: 0.5 MPa) SUP side pressure (P1)

Dimensions
Single unit Manifold

2n-C4, C6
2-C4, C6 C4: One-touch fitting for ø4
C4: One-touch fitting for ø4 C6: One-touch fitting for ø6
C6: One-touch fitting for ø6
= 4.5

Mounting hole
for M3
~

Mounting hole

= 4.5
for M2.5

~
Residual pressure release
manual override
Residual pressure release
manual override
DIN rail clamp screw
2-C3, C4, C6, M5
C3: One-touch fitting for ø3.2 D side Stations ····1 ···2 ···3 U side
C4: One-touch fitting for ø4 2n-C3, C4, C6, M5
C6: One-touch fitting for ø6 Dimensions Formula L1=11n+20 n: Station (Maximum 24 stations) C3: One-touch fitting for ø3.2
M5: M5 thread L
n 1 2 4 3
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 C4: One-touch fitting for ø4
L1 31 42 53 64 75 86 97 108 119 130 141 152 C6: One-touch fitting for ø6
M5: M5 thread
L2 50 62.5 75 87.5 100 112.5 125 125 137.5 150 162.5 175
L3 60.5 73 85.5 98 110.5 123 135.5 135.5 148 160.5 173 185.5
n 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
L
L1 163 174 185 196 207 218 229 240 251 262 273 284
L2 187.5 187.5 200 212.5 225 237.5 250 250 262.5 275 287.5 300
L3 198 198 210.5 223 235.5 248 260.5 260.5 273 285.5 298 310.5
How to Order
Double check block <Example>
VQ1000-FPG- C4 M5 F
Option
IN side port size OUT side port size Nil None
C4 One-touch fitting for ø4 M5 M5 thread F With bracket
C6 One-touch fitting for ø6 C3 One-touch fitting for ø3.2 DIN rail mounting
C4 D
One-touch fitting for ø4 style (For manifold)
C6 One-touch fitting for ø6 N Name plate
Manifold Note) When two or more symbols
Drop Intermediate
VVQ1000-FPG- 06 are specified, indicate them
alphabetically. prevention stops
Example) -DN
Stations Caution
01 1 station • Air leakage from the pipe between the valve and cylinder or from the fittings will prevent the cylinder from stopping for
···

···

a long time. Check the leakage using neutral household detergent, such as dish washing soap.
16 16 stations Also check the cylinder’s tube gasket, piston packing and rod packing for air leakage.
<Example> • Since One-touch fittings allow slight air leakage, screw piping (with M5 thread) is recommended when stopping the
VVQ1000-FPG-06 ··· 6 types of manifold cylinder in the middle for a long time.
∗VQ1000-FPG-C4M5-D, 3 sets Doublecheck • Combining double check block with 3 position closed center or pressure center solenoid valve will not work.
∗VQ1000-FPG-C6M5-D, 3 sets block • M5 fitting assembly is attached, not incorporated into the double check block. After screwing in the M5 fittings, mount
the assembly on the double check block.
Bracket Assembly {Tightening torque: 0.8 to 1.2 N·m}
Part no. • If the exhaust of the double check block is throttled too much, the cylinder may not operate properly and may not stop
Tightening torque
intermediately.
VQ1000-FPG-FB 0.22 to 0.25 N·m • Set the cylinder load so that the cylinder pressure will be within two times that of the supply pressure.

2-4-212
Base Mounted

Plug Lead Unit Series VQ0000/1000

Precautions 1
Be sure to read before handling. For Safety Instructions and Solenoid Valve Precautions, refer to page 2-9-2.

Light/Surge Voltage Suppressor How to Mount/Remove Solenoid Valve


Caution Caution
In the case of VQ1000, the standard model is equipped with an
indicator light and surge voltage suppressor. The lighting positions
are concentrated on one side for both single solenoid type and double
solenoid type.
VQC
For the double solenoid type, A side and B side energization are
indicated by two colors which match the colors of the manual SQ
overrides.
Manual override: Green Indicator light
Orange
VQ0
Clamp bracket A
Single solenoid Clamp screw
Clamp bracket B
VQ4
Double solenoid How to Remove
∗ In the case of VQ0000,
1. Loosen the clamp screw until it turns freely. (The screw is captive.) VQ5
Indicator light
solenoid and manual 2. Lift the coil side of the valve body while pressing down slightly on
Manual override: A: Orange
Orange B: Green override on both sides. the screw head and remove it from the clamp bracket B. When the VQZ
screw head cannot be pressed easily, gently press the area near
DC circuit diagram VQ1000 (DC)/Single solenoid the manual override of the valve.
VQ0000 How to Remove
VQD
Sop diode 1. Press down on the clamp screw.  Clamp bracket A opens.
Diagonally insert the hook on the valve end plate side into clamp B.
2. Press the valve body downward. (When the screw is released, it
will be locked by clamp bracket A.)
Light 3. Tighten the clamp screw. (Proper tightening torque: 0.25 to 0.35
Light N·m)
Surge absorption
∗ In the case of VQ0000, solenoid and diode Mounting
manual override on both sides.
1. Dust on the sealing surface of the gasket or solenoid valve can
VQ1000/Double solenoid cause air leakage.
Note) A side energization:
A light (orange) illuminates. Sop diode 2. In the case of VQ0000, valve mounting screw clamping torque is
Surge absorption
With wrong wiring preventing 0.18 to 0.25 N·m.
ability (stop diode) diode
B side energization:
B light (green) illuminates. Replacement of Cylinder Port Fittings
Equipped with a surge absorption
(surge absorption diode) Caution
mechanism. Light The cylinder port fittings are a cassette for easy replacement.
The fittings are blocked by a clip inserted from the top of manifold.
Remove the clip with a screwdriver to remove fittings.
Manual Override For replacement, insert the fitting assembly until it strikes against the
inside walland then re-insert the clip to specified position.
Warning
Without an electric signal for the solenoid valve the manual override
is used for switching the main valve.
Push type is standard. (Tool required)
Option: Locking type (Tool required/Manual)
Clip
 Push type (Tool required) Push down on the manual override
Bore ø3.2 button with a small screwdriver until it
stops. Release the screwdriver and the Fittings assembly
manual override will return. Fittings assembly

VQ0000 VQ1000 Clip


 Locking type (Tool required) <Option>
Push down completely on the manualoverride button
Take off the valve Remove the clip
If the manual override is turned by 180°
clockwise and the  mark is adjusted to with a small screwdriver. While down, turn clockwise and remove the clip. after taking off the manifold.
1, it will be locked in the ON state. 90° to lock it. Turn it counterclockwise to release it.
Fitting assembly part no.
If the manual override is turned by 180° Applicable tubing O.D.
counterclockwise and the  mark is Bore ø3.2 VQ0000 VQ1000
adjusted to 0, locking will be released Applicable tubing ø3.2 VVQ1000-51A-C3 VVQ1000-50A-C3
and the manual override will return. Applicable tubing ø4 VVQ1000-51A-C4 VVQ1000-50A-C4
Applicable tubing ø6 — VVQ1000-50A-C6
 Locking type (Manual) <Option> M5 — VVQ1000-50A-M5
VQ0000 ∗ Refer to “Option” on pages 2-4-208 to 2-4-211 for other types of fittings.
VQ1000
Caution
Push down on the manual override button with a small
1. Use caution that O-rings must be free from scratches and dust. Otherwise, air
screwdriver or with your fingers until it stops. Turn clockwise
leakage may result.
by 90° to lock it. Turn it counterclockwise to release it.
2. After screwing in the fittings, mount the M5 fitting assembly on the manifold
base. (Tightening torque 0.8 to 1.2 N·m)
VQ1000
3. Purchasing order is available in units of 10 pieces.
Caution
Do not apply excessive torque when turning the locking type manual override.
(0.1 N·m or less)
2-4-213
Series VQ0000/1000

Precautions 2
Be sure to read before handling. For Safety Instructions and Solenoid Valve Precautions, refer to page 2-9-2.

How to Use Plug Connector Built-in Silencer Replacement


Caution Caution
Attaching and detaching connectors A silencer element is incorporated in
Concave
To attach a connector, hold the end plate on both sides of the
Cover Pin
the lever and connector unit manifold base. A dirty and choked
between your fingers and element may reduce cylinder speed
Lever
insert straight onto the pins and cause malfunction. Clean or
DC indicator of the solenoid valve so that replace the dirty element.
Cover Concave
Socket the lever’s pawl is pushed
Part no. DXT170-71-1
Pin Lead wire
into the groove and locks. Remove the cover from the top of the
0.2 to 0.33 mm2 end plate and remove the old element
(Max. cover diameter
Hook ø 1.7 mm) with a screwdriver, etc.
Connector
Part no. AXT661-12
Element part no.
To detach a connector, remove the pawl Element part no.
from the groove by pushing the lever Type
VQ0000 VQ1000
Crimping the lead wire downward with your thumb, and pull the
and socket connector straight out. Built-in silencer,
VVQ0000-82A-1 VVQ1000-82A-1
Peel 3.2 to 3.7 mm of the tip Core wire direct exhaust (-S)
crimping area Crimping area
of lead wire, neatly into a Terminal ∗ The minimum order quantity is 10 pcs.
Core wire
socket and press contact it by
a press tool.
Be careful so that the cover of
Lead wire
Manifold Base Station Increasing Procedure (VQ1000)
0.2 to 0.33 mm2
lead wire does not enter into Cover
the core press contacting part.
Max. cover diameter:
ø1.7 mm Caution
1. Loosen the clamp screw on the top
Attaching and detaching lead wires with sockets surface of the end plate on one side. DIN rail
Attaching 2. Turn the manual override between the
Insert a socket in the square hole (Indicated as + , — ) of connector, push manifold blocks with a regular
in the lead wire and lock by hanging the hook of socket to the seat of screwdriver, etc. in a couterclockwise
connector. (Pushing-in can open the hook and lock it automatically.) Then direction.
confirm the lock by lightly pulling on the lead wire.
Detaching
For pulling-out the socket from Connector
Lead wire
the connector, pull out the lead End plate
wire while pushing the hook of
the socket with a fine point (ca.1 re
mo
mm) tool. Socket or
If the socket is to be re-used, mm
15
spread the hook to the outside. Hook 3. Slide the manifold base to the side
where the screw is loosened. Make a
Mounting/Removing from the DIN Rail (VQ1000) clearance of 15 mm or more.
4. Mount the station increasing
manifold block assembly and
Caution solenoid valve on the DIN rail.
Removing Install it to the DIN rail by applying
1. Loosen the clamp screw on side (a) of the hook on the (b) side of the
the end plate on both sides. manifold block and pushing down
the (a) side.
2. Lift side (a) of the manifold base and
slide the end plate in the direction of (2) (2)
shown in the figure to remove. (1)
(b)
(b)
End plate
(a)
Mounting
(1)
1. Hook side (b) of the manifold base on
(a)
the DIN rail.
2. Press side (a) and mount the end 5. Slide the manifold bases with a
(b) (2) slight clearance in-between and lock
plate on the DIN rail.
3. Tighten the clamp screw on side (a) them by turning the manual override
of the end plate. The proper between the manifold blocks
(a) clockwise.
Hook tightening torque for screws is 1.2 to
6. Tighten the screw on the top surface
1.6 N·m.
of the end plate, and the station has
been added.
Enclosure IP65 (Proper tightening torque 1.2 to 1.6
N·m)
Caution Manifold Block Assembly
Wires, cables, connectors, etc. used for models conforming to IP65 should VQ1000 Port size
also have enclosures equivalent to or of stricter than IP65.
VVQ1000-1A-2-C3 With One-touch fitting for ø3.2
How to Calculate the Flow Rate VVQ1000-1A-2-C4 With One-touch fitting for ø4
VVQ1000-1A-2-C6 With One-touch fitting for ø6
Caution VVQ1000-1A-2-M5 M5 thread
For obtaining the flow rate, refer to pages 2-1-8 to 2-1-11.
2-4-214
Base Mounted

Plug Lead Unit Series VQ0000/1000

Option
Different Number of Connector Pins
F and P kits with the following number of pins are available besides the standard number (F = 25; P = 26). Select the desired number of
pins and cable length from the cable assembly list.
Place an order for the cable assembly separately.

F kit (D-sub connector) 15 pins P kit (Flat ribbon cable connector)


10 pins, 16 pins, 20 pins
VQC
10P, 16P, 20P
SQ
VQ0
VQ4
VQ5

How to order manifold How to order manifold


VQZ
VQD
VV5Q12 06 F SA D VV5Q12 06 P SC D

Option Option

How to Order How to Order


Stations D-sub connector, 15 pins Stations Flat ribbon cable, 20 pins
Connector location – Connector location –
Side (horizontal) Side (horizontal)
Without cable Without cable
Kit/Electrical entry Kit/Electrical entry
Location Top entry Side entry Location Top entry Side entry
Pins Pins
15P (Max. 7 stations) Kit F UA Kit F SA 10P (Max. 4 stations) UA SA
Kit Kit
16P (Max. 7 stations) UB SB
Wiring Specifications P P
20P (Max. 9 stations) UC SC
∗ In the same way as the 25-pin models (standard), terminal no.
1 for is SOL.A at the 1st station, terminal no. 9 for SOL.B at the Wiring Specifications
1st station, and terminal no. 8 for COM. ∗ In the same way as the 26-pin models (standard), terminal no.
Wire Color by Terminal 1 is SOL.A at the 1st station, terminal no. 2 for SOL.B at the 1st
No. of D-sub Connector
1 Multi-core vinyl cable Cable Assembly station, and two pins from the max.
AXT100-DS15 to VVRF 0.3 mm2 x 15C
3 Terminal no. Lead wire color Dot marking
~
= ø9
Plug connector 1 Black None
HDA-CTH 2 Brown None Red
(Made by Hirose Electric) 3 Red None
4 Orange None
Connector 5 Yellow None
HDA-15S 6 Pink None
(Made by Hirose Electric)
7 Blue None
Terminal no.

8 Purple White
9 Gray Black
10 White Black
11 White Red
12 Yellow Red
Terminal no.
13 Orange Red
14 Yellow Black
15 Pink Black
Flat Ribbon Cable Assembly
Pins
D-sub Connector Cable Assembly Cable length (L)
10P 16P 20P
Pins 15P 1.5 m
AXT100-FC10-1 AXT100-FC16-1 AXT100-FC20-1
Cable length (L)
1.5 m AXT100-DS15-1 3mAXT100-FC10-2 AXT100-FC16-2 AXT100-FC20-2
3m AXT100-DS15-2 5mAXT100-FC10-3 AXT100-FC16-3 AXT100-FC20-3
5m AXT100-DS15-3 Connector width (W) 17.2 24.8 30
∗ For other commercial connectors, use a type conforming to MIL-C-24308. ∗ For other commercial connectors, use a type with strain relief
conforming to MIL-C-83503.

2-4-215
Base Mounted

Series VQ0000/1000

Option
Special Wiring Specifications Inch-size One-touch Fittings
In the internal wiring of F kit, P kit, T kit and S kit, double wiring Valve with inch-size One-touch fittings is shown below.
(connected to SOL. A and SOL. B) is adopted for each station
regardless of the valve and option types.
Mixed single and double wiring is available as an option.
VV5Q12 06 N7 PSO D
Stations Option
1. How to Order
Indicate an option symbol “-K”, for the manifold no. and be sure to Cylinder port
specify the mounting position and number of stations of the single Symbol N1 N3 N7 M5T NM Kit/Electrical entry
and double wiring by means of the manifold specification sheet. Applicable tubing 10-32UNF
O.D. (Inch) ø1/8" ø5/32" ø1/4" (M5 thread) Mixed
A, B VQ0000   —   1(P), 3(R) port size
Example) VV5Q05-08C4FU1-D K S port VQ1000      VQ0000 ······ø1/4"
VQ1000 ······ø5/16"
Note) When inch size fittings are selected for a
cylinder port, use inch size fittings for both
Others, option symbols: P and R port, too.
to be indicated alphabetically.
Plug Connector Assembly Model
2. Wiring specifications Connector assembly will be required when the F, P, S kits add a
With the A side solenoid of the 1st station as no. 1 (meaning, valve. Specify the style of valve and connector assembly.
to be connected to no. 1 terminal), without making any
terminals vacant. Connector Assembly Part No.
Specifications Part no.
Single VQ0000 Positive common AXT661-14A-F
(2-wire) Negative common AXT661-14AN-F
Double (latching) Positive common AXT661-13A-F
(3-wire) Negative common AXT661-13AN-F
Note) Lead wire length: 300 mm
The part numbers above are applicable to 2 to 10 stations. 11 to 16 stations:
“AXT661- 13
14 A(N)-F-425”.

F kit P kit T kit


D-sub connector Flat ribbon cable connector Terminal block
(25 P) (26 P) (16 terminals)

3. Max. number of stations


The maximum number of stations depends upon the number
of solenoids. Assuming one for a single and two for a double,
determine the number of stations so that the total number is
not more than the max. number given in the following table.
P kit T kit
F kit (D-sub (Flat ribbon (Terminal S kit (Serial
Kit transmission)
connector) cable connector) block)
F US  F US A P US  P US C P US B P US A
Type T1 T2 S
25P 15P 26P 20P 16P 10P
Max. Note) Note) Note)
16 14 16 16 14 8 8 16 16
points
Note) Due to the limitation of internal wiring.

Negative Common Specifications [Series VQ110]


The following valve part numbers are for negative COM
specifications. Manifold model no. is the same as the standard
products.

How to order negative COM valves


VQ1110 N 5M
Negative common specifications
∗ Series VQ050 has no polarity, so the negative common is applicable to standard models.

2-4-216
Base Mounted

Plug Lead Unit Series VQ0000/1000

DIN Rail Mounting


Each manifold can be mounted on a DIN rail. Order it by
indicating a DIN rail mounting option symbol, “-D”. In this case, a
DIN rail which is approx. 30 mm longer than the manifold with the
specified number of stations is attached. Other than this, it is
applicable for the following cases.

 When DIN rail is unnecessary (C kit VQ0000 only) VQC


Indicate the option symbol, -DO, for the manifold no.

Example)
SQ

VV5Q05-08C4C-DOS VQ0
Others, option symbols: VQ4
to be indicated alphabetically.

 When using DIN rail longer than the manifold with VQ5
specified number of stations (VQ0000/VQ1000)
Clearly indicate the necessary number of stations next to the option VQZ
symbol. “D” for the manifold no.
VQD
Example)

VV5Q05-08C4FU1-D09S
DIN rail for 9 stations
Others, option symbols:
to be indicated alphabetically.
 When changing the manifold style into a DIN rail
mounting style (VQ0000 only)
Order brackets for mounting a DIN rail. (Refer to “Option” on page 2-4-
209.)
No. VVQ0000-57A-5 2 pcs. per one set.

 When ordering DIN rail only (VQ0000 only)


DIN rail no.: AXT100-DR-
As for , specify the number from the DIN rail table.
For L dimension, refer to the dimensions of each kit.

(Pitch)

L Dimension L = 12.5 x n + 10.5


No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
L dimension 23 35.5 48 60.5 73 85.5 98 110.5 123 135.5
No. 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
L dimension 148 160.5 173 185.5 198 210.5 223 235.5 248 260.5
No. 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
L dimension 273 285.5 298 310.5 323 335.5 348 360.5 373 385.5
No. 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
L dimension 398 410.5 423 435.5 448 460.5 473 485.5 498 510.5

2-4-217
Series VQ
Single Unit
Model
(1) (2)
Flow characteristic Response time (ms)
Number of 1  4/2 (P  A/B) 4/2  5/3 (A/B  R1/R2) Standard: 1W Low Weight
Series Model
solenoid wattage: AC (g)
C [dm3/(s·bar)] b Cv C [dm3/(s·bar)] b Cv H: 1.5W 0.5 W
Metal seal VQ0150 0.41 0.20 0.10 0.44 0.26 0.11 12 or less 15 or less 29 or less
2 position

Single
Rubber seal VQ0151 0.53 0.20 0.12 0.53 0.22 0.13 15 or less 20 or less 34 or less (3)
50
Base mounted

Metal seal VQ0250 0.41 0.20 0.10 0.44 0.26 0.11 10 or less 13 or less 13 or less
VQ0000 Double
Rubber seal VQ0251 0.53 0.20 0.12 0.53 0.22 0.13 15 or less 20 or less 20 or less
Plug
Closed Metal seal VQ0350 0.32 0.10 0.07 0.32 0.20 0.07 20 or less 26 or less 40 or less
lead
3 position

center Rubber seal VQ0351 0.43 0.21 0.10 0.44 0.24 0.11 25 or less 33 or less 47 or less (3)
65
Exhaust Metal seal VQ0450 0.32 0.10 0.07 0.44 0.26 0.11 20 or less 26 or less 40 or less
center Rubber seal VQ0451 0.43 0.21 0.10 0.53 0.22 0.13 25 or less 33 or less 47 or less
Note 1) Cylinder port size C4: (VQ0000)
Note 2) Based on JIS B 8375-1981 (Supply pressure: 0.5 MPa; with indicator light and surge
voltage suppressor; clean air) The response time is subject to the pressure and quality
For individual use of a single valve. of the air. The valves at the time of ON are given for double types.
Note3) Weight including sub-plate.

Standard Specifications
Valve construction Metal seal Rubber seal
Fluid Air/Inert gas Air/Inert gas
JIS Symbol Maximum operating pressure 0.7 MPa (High pressure type: 0.8 MPa)
Valve specifications

2 position single Single 0.1 MPa 0.15 MPa


Min. operating
Double 0.1 MPa 0.1 MPa
pressure
3 position 0.1 MPa 0.2 MPa
(1)
2 position double
Ambient and fluid temperature –10 to 50°C
Metal

Lubrication Not required


Manual override Push type/Locking type (Tool required, Manual type) Option
2 position double (2)
150/30 m/s2
Rubber

Impact/Vibration resistance
Enclosure Dust tight
3 position closed center Coil rated voltage 12, 24 VDC, 100, 110, 200, 220 VAC (50/60 Hz)
Allowable voltage fluctuation ±10% of rated voltage
Coil insulation type Class B or equivalent
3 position exhaust center 24 VDC 1 W DC (42 mA), 1.5 W DC (63 mA)(3), 0.5 W DC (21 mA) (4)
Solenoid

(3) (4)
12 VDC 1 W DC (83 mA), 1.5 W DC (125 mA) , 0.5 W DC (42 mA)
Power 100 VAC Inrush 0.5 VA (5 mA), Holding 0.5 VA (5 mA)
consumption
3 position pressure center (Current) 110 VAC Inrush 0.55 VA (5 mA), Holding 0.55 VA (5 mA)
200 VAC Inrush 1.0 VA (5 mA), Holding 1.0 VA (5 mA)
220 VAC Inrush 1.1 VA (5 mA), Holding 1.1 VA (5 mA)
Note 1) Use dry air to prevent condensation when operating at low temperatures.
Note 2) Impact resistance ··· No malfunction occurred when it is tested with a drop tester in the axial
direction and at the right angles to the main valve and armature in both
energized and de-energized states every once for each condition.
(Values at the initial period)
Vibration resistance ··· No malfunction occurred in a one-sweep test between 45 and 2000 Hz.
Test was performed at both energized and de-energized states in the
axial direction and at the right angles to the main valve and armature.
(Values at the initial period)
Note 3) Values for high pressure type (1.5 W)
Note 4) Values for low wattage type (0.5 W)

2-4-218
Single Unit Series VQ
How to Order Valves

VQ0 1 5 0 Y 5 L C4
Series VQ0000 Sub-plate
SUP, Cylinder port
Type of actuation Nil Without sub-plate
C3 With One-touch fitting for ø3.2
1 2 position single
C4 With One-touch fitting for ø4
2 2 position double
M5 M5 thread
3 3 position closed center VQC
4 3 position exhaust center Note) EXH port: M5 thread

Manual override SQ
Seal
Nil Non-locking push type (Tool required)
0 Metal seal
B Locking type (Tool required) ∗ VQ0
1 Rubber seal
∗ Option
VQ4
Function Electrical entry
Symbol Specifications DC
(1.0 W)
AC
Note)
G Grommet (Except AC) VQ5
Nil Standard type   L L plug connector with lead wire
LO L plug connector without connector
H
High pressure (1.5 W)
type 
— M M plug connector with lead wire
VQZ
Low wattage (0.5 W) — MO M plug connector without connector
Y type  VQD
Note) For power consumption of AC
type, refer to page 2-4-218. Coil rated voltage
1 100 VAC (50/60 Hz)
2 200 VAC (50/60 Hz)
3 110 VAC (50/60 Hz)
4 220 VAC (50/60 Hz)
5 24 VDC
6 12 VDC

Wiring Specifications
 The lead wires are connected to the valve as
shown below. Connect each to the power supply
side. Lead wire color
24 VDC 100 VAC 200 VAC
110 VAC 220 VAC
SOL.A
(–) Black (Blue) [Red]

COM(+) Red (Blue) [Red]

Black (Blue) [Red]


A side solenoid (–)
Red (Blue)[Red]
COM(+)

 Plug connector lead wire length


Note) The length of the lead wire provided is 300 mm.
When ordering a valve with a lead wire of 600
mm or longer, be sure to indicate the model
number of the valve without connector and
connector assembly.
Example) Lead wire length 1000 mm
VQ0150-5LO ····· 3 pcs.
AXT661-14A-10 ····· 3 pcs.

Connector Assembly Part No. (For DC)


Lead wire length Part no.
Socket (3 pcs.) AXT661-12A
300 mm AXT661-14A
600 mm AXT661-14A-6
1000 mm AXT661-14A-10
2000 mm AXT661-14A-20
3000 mm AXT661-14A-30
Note)AXT661-31A-, for 100/110 VAC.
AXT661-34A-, for 200/220 VAC.

2-4-219
Series VQ
Dimensions
2 position single: VQ015 01 15.8
15.2 12.3
5 5

Manual override
A B

(For C4)
= 31.5
10.5
18
25
A

~
EA P EB
2- ø3.4 mounting holes

31
38

Lead wire length = 300 76<81>


M plug connector
69.5<74.5>
L plug connector

51 (L plug connector)
45 (M plug connector)
13.5
9.9

9
9

SMC

5
M5(5(R1) , 3(R2) port) 8.7 8.7

(4(A), 2(B) port)


3-C4, M5(1(P), 4(A), 2(B) port)
C4: One-touch fitting for ø4
M5: M5 thread
< >: AC

5.5
0
2 position double: VQ025 1 15.8
15.2 12.3
5 5
Manual override
A B

(For C4)
= 31.5
10.5
18
25
A

EA P EB

2- ø3.4 mounting holes


31
38
Lead wire length = 300 121<131>
M plug connector
108<118.5>
L plug connector
51 (L plug connector)
45 (M plug connector)
13.5
9.9

9
9

SMC
5

(4(A), 2(B) port)

8.7 8.7
60 3-C4, M5(1(P), 4(A), 2(B) port)
C4: One-touch fitting for ø4
M5 (5(R1) , 3(R2) port)
M5: M5 thread
5.5

< >: AC

0
3 position exhaust center: VQ0 34 5 1
15.8
15.2 12.3
5 5
Manual override
A B
(For C4)
= 31.5
10.5
18
25
A

EA P EB

2- ø3.4 mounting holes


31
38
Lead wire length = 300 131<141>
M plug connector
118<128>
L plug connector
51 (L plug connector)
45 (M plug connector)
13.5
9.9

9
9

SMC
5

8.7 8.7
(4(A), 2(B) port)

60 3-C4, M5(1(P), 4(A), 2(B) port)


C4: One-touch fitting for ø4
M5 (5 (R1), 3 (R2) port)
M5: M5 thread
< >: AC
5.5

2-4-220
VQC
SQ
VQ0
VQ4
VQ5
VQZ
VQD

2-4-221
Series VQ
Construction
Main Parts, Replacement Parts

Construction: VQ1000/Plug-in Unit


Metal seal Rubber seal type

Component Parts Component Parts


No. Description Material Note No. Description Material Note
q Body Zinc die-casted q Body Zinc die-casted
w Spool/Sleeve Stainless steel w Spool valve Aluminum/HNBR
e Piston Resin e Piston Resin

Replacement Parts Replacement Parts


Note) Note)
(H) (H)
r Pilot valve assembly VQ111 (Y) --1 Single r Pilot valve assembly VQ111 (Y) --1 Single
Voltage1 to 6 Voltage1 to 6
Note) Note)
t Pilot valve assembly VQ131(H)
(Y)--1 Double/3 position t Pilot valve assembly VQ131(H)
(Y)--1 Double/3 position
Voltage1 to 6 Voltage1 to 6

Note) (H): 1.5 W, (Y): 0.5 W Note) (H): 1.5 W, (Y): 0.5 W

2-4-222
Construction
Main Parts, Replacement Parts Series VQ
Construction: VQ2000/Plug-in Unit
Metal seal Rubber seal type

VQC
SQ
VQ0
VQ4
VQ5
VQZ
VQD

Component Parts Component Parts


No. Description Material Note No. Description Material Note
q Body Aluminum die-casted q Body Aluminum die-casted
w Spool/Sleeve Stainless steel w Spool valve Aluminum/HNBR
e Piston Resin e Piston Resin

Replacement Parts Replacement Parts


Note) Note)
(H)
r Pilot valve assembly VQ111 --1
(Y) Single r Pilot valve assembly VQ111(H)
(Y)--1 Single
Voltage1 to 6 Voltage1 to 6
Note) Note)
(H) (H)
t Pilot valve assembly VQ131(Y)--1 Double/3 position t Pilot valve assembly VQ131(Y)--1 Double/3 position
Voltage1 to 6 Voltage1 to 6
Note) (H): 1.5 W, (Y): 0.5 W Note) (H): 1.5 W, (Y): 0.5 W

2-4-223
Series VQ
Construction: VQ0000/Plug Lead Unit
Metal seal Rubber seal type

Component Parts Component Parts


No. Description Material Note No. Description Material Note
q Body Aluminum die-casted q Body Aluminum die-casted
w Spool/Sleeve Stainless steel w Spool valve Aluminum/HNBR
e Piston Resin e Piston Resin

Replacement Parts Replacement Parts


(H) L Note) (H) L Note)
r Pilot valve assembly VQ110 (Y) -
M
G r Pilot valve assembly VQ110 (Y) -M
G
Voltage1 to 6 Voltage1 to 6
Note) (Y): 0.5 W, (H): 1.5 W, (G): DC Note) (Y): 0.5 W, (H): 1.5 W, (G): DC

2-4-224
Construction
Main Parts, Replacement Parts Series VQ
Construction: VQ1000/Plug Lead Unit
Metal seal Rubber seal type

VQC
SQ
VQ0
VQ4
VQ5
VQZ
VQD

Component Parts Component Parts


No. Description Material Note No. Description Material Note
q Body Zinc die-casted q Body Zinc die-casted
w Spool/Sleeve Stainless steel w Spool valve Aluminum/HNBR
e Piston Resin e Piston Resin

Replacement Parts Replacement Parts


Note) Note)
r Pilot valve assembly VQ111 (H)
(Y) --1
Single r Pilot valve assembly VQ111 (H)
(Y) --1 Single
Voltage1 to 6 Voltage1 to 6
Note) Note)
t Pilot valve assembly VQ131 (H)
(Y) --1 Double/3 position t Pilot valve assembly VQ131 (H)
(Y) --1 Double/3 position
Voltage1 to 6 Voltage1 to 6

Note) (H): 1.5 W, (Y): 0.5 W Note) (H): 1.5 W, (Y): 0.5 W

2-4-225
Exploded View of Manifold

Exploded view: VQ1000/Plug-in Unit


(F, P, J, L, Skit)

Housing assembly and SI unit D side end plate assembly Manifold block assembly U side end plate assembly
S kit
P/J kit
F kit
L kit

2-4-226
Exploded View of Manifold Series VQ

<Housing Assembly and SI Unit>


Housing assembly and SI unit no.
No. Manifold Part no. Description
(SA kit) EX320-S001(-XP) (2) General type SI unit (Series EX300)
(SB kit) EX120-SMB1(-XP) (2) SI unit for MELSECNET/MINI-S3 Data Link System (Mitsubishi Electric Corporation)
(SC kit) EX120-STA1(-XP) (2) SI unit for SYSBUS Wire System (OMRON Corporation)
(SD kit) EX120-SSH1(-XP) (2) SI unit for Satellite I/O Link System (SHARP Corporation)
(SE kit) EX120-SPA1 SI unit for MEWNET-F System (Matsushita Electric Works, Ltd.)
(SF1kit) EX120-SUW1(-XP) (2) SI unit for 16 point Uni-wire System (NKE Corporation) VQC
(SG kit) EX120-SAB1(-XP) (2) SI unit for Allen Bradley Remote I/O (RIO) System (Rockwell Automation, Inc.)
q (SH kit) EX120-SUH1(-XP) (2) SI unit for 16 point Uni-wire H System (NKE Corporation) SQ
(SJ1 kit) EX120-SSL1(-XP) (2) 16 point S-LINK System (SUNX Corporation)
(SJ2 kit) EX120-SSL2(-XP) (2) 8 point S-LINK System (SUNX Corporation)
(SK kit) EX120-SFU1(-XP) (2) T-LINK Mini System (Fuji Electric Co.,Ltd.) VQ0
(SQ kit) EX120-SDN1 DeviceNet, CompoBus/D (OMRON Corporation)
(SR1 kit) EX120-SCS1(-XP) (2) OMRON Corporation: CompoBus/S (16 output points) VQ4
(SR2 kit) EX120-SCS2(-XP) (2) OMRON Corporation: CompoBus/S (8 output points)
(SV kit) EX120-SMJ1(-XP) (2) Mitsubishi Electric Corporation: CC-LINK System VQ5
P US kit AXT100-1-P US  (1) Flat cable housing assembly  = Number of pins: 26, 20, 16, 10
w
J US kit AXT100-1-J US 20 (1) Flat cable housing assembly
e F US kit AXT100-1-F US  (1) D-sub connector housing assembly  = Number of pins: 25, 15
VQZ
Note 1) Top (vertical) entry connector for FU, PU and JU while side (horizontal) entry connector for FS, JS and PS.
Note 2) Enter suffix “-XP” at the end of the part number for dust proof type SI unit. VQD
<D Side End Plate Assembly> <U Side End Plate Assembly>
rt D side end plate assembly no. y U side end plate assembly no. (For F, P, J, S kit)
VVQ1000-3A-1- - VVQ1000-2A-1-
Option Option
Electrical entry
Nil Common exhaust type
F For F kit Nil Common exhaust type
(1) R External pilot
P For P kit R External pilot
Built-in silencer, direct exhaust
For J kit S (1) Built-in silencer, direct exhaust S
J
For L kit Note) The !4’s fitting assembly is
L
For S kit included.
S
Note 1) When both options are specified, indicate as RS.
Note 2) The housing assembly and SI unit of F/P/S kit
are not included.
Separately place an order for q, w, and e.

<Manifold Block Assembly>


i Manifold block assembly no. Tie-rod (2 pcs.) and lead wire assembly u U side end plate assembly no. (For L kit)
for extensions are attached
VVQ1000-1A- - VVQ1000-2A-1-L
Port size
Electrical entry C3 With One-touch fitting for ø3.2
F1 F kit for 2 to 12 stations/Double wiring C4 With One-touch fitting for ø4
F2 F kit for 13 to 24 stations/Double wiring C6 With One-touch fitting for ø6
F3 F kit for 2 to 24 stations/Single wiring M5 M5 thread
P1 P, J, S kit for 2 to 12 stations/Double wiring
P2 P, J, S kit for 13 to 24 stations/Double wiring
P3 P, J, S kit for 2 to 24 stations/Single wiring
L0 L0 kit Stations (1 to 8)
L1 L1 kit Stations (1 to 8)
L2 L2 kit Stations (1 to 8)

<Replacement Parts for Manifold Block> <Fitting Assembly>


Replacement Parts !3 Fitting assembly part no. (For cylinder port)
No. Part no. Description Material Number
VVQ1000-50A-
o VVQ1000-80A-1 Gasket NBR 12 Port size
!0 VVQ1000-80A-2 Packing NBR 12 C3 Applicable tubing ø3.2
!1 VVQ1000-80A-3 Clamp screw Carbon steel 12 Note) Purchasing order C4 Applicable tubing ø4
!2 VVQ1000-80A-4 Clip Stainless steel 12 is available in C6 Applicable tubing ø6
Note) A set of parts containing 12 pcs. each is enclosed. units of 10 pieces. M5 M5 thread

!4 Fitting assembly part no. (For P, R port)


VVQ1000-51A-C8
Applicable tubing ø8
Note) Purchasing order is available in units of 10 pieces.

2-4-227
Series VQ
Exploded View: VQ2000/Plug-in Unit
(F, P, J, L, G, S kit)

Housing assembly and SI unit D side end plate assembly Manifold block assembly U side end plate assembly
S kit
P/J kit
F kit
G kit
L kit

2-4-228
Exploded View of Manifold Series VQ

<Housing Assembly and SI Unit>


Housing assembly and SI unit no.
No. Manifold Part no. Description
(SA kit) EX320-S001(-XP)(1) [EX323-S001] (2) General type SI unit (Series EX300)
(SB kit) EX120-SMB1(-XP)(1) [EX123-SMB1] (2) SI unit for MELSECNET/MINI-S3 Data Link System (Mitsubishi Electric)
(SBB kit) [EX124-SMB1] (3) SI unit for MELSECNET/MINI-S3 Data Link System (2 power supply lines) (Mitsubishi Electric Corp.)
(SC kit) EX120-STA1(-XP)(1) [EX123-STA1] (2) SI unit for SYSBUS Wire System (OMRON Corporation)
(SD kit) EX120-SSH1(-XP)(1) [EX123-SSH1](2) SI unit for Satellite I/O Link System (SHARP Corporation)
(SE kit) EX120-SPA1 SI unit for MEWNET-F System (Matsushita Electric Works, Ltd.) VQC
(SF1kit) EX120-SUW1(-XP)(1) [EX123-SUW1] (2) SI unit for 16 point Uni-wire System (NKE Corporation)
(SG kit) EX120-SAB1 SI unit for Allen Bradley Remote I/O (RIO) System (Rockwell Automation, Inc.)
q
(SH kit) EX120-SUH1(-XP)(1) [EX123-SUH1] (2) SI unit for 16 point Uni-wire H System (NKE Corporation)
SQ
(SJ1 kit) EX120-SSL1(-XP)(1) [EX123-SSL1] (2) 16 point S-LINK System (SUNX Corporation)
(SJ2 kit) EX120-SSL2(-XP)(1) [EX123-SSL2] (2) 8 point S-LINK System (SUNX Corporation) VQ0
(SK kit) EX120-SFU1(-XP)(1) [EX123-SFU1] (2) T-LINK Mini System (Fuji Electric Co., Ltd.)
(SQ kit) EX120-SDN1 [EX124-SDN1] (2) SI unit for DeviceNet, CompoBus/D (OMRON Corporation) VQ4
(SR1 kit) EX120-SCS1(-XP)(1) [EX124-SCS1] (2) SI unit for 16 point Compo Bus/S System (OMRON)
(SR2 kit) EX120-SCS2(-XP)(1) [EX124-SCS2] (2) SI unit for 8 point Compo Bus/S System (OMRON) VQ5
(SV kit) EX120-SMJ1(-XP)(1) [EX124-SMJ1] (2) SI unit for CC-LINK System (2 power supply systems) (Mitsubishi Electric Corporation)
P US kit AXT100-1-P US (4) Flat ribbon cable housing assembly  = Number of pins: 26, 20, 16, 10
w
J US kit AXT100-1-J US (4) Flat ribbon cable housing assembly
VQZ
e G kit AXT100-1-GU20 Flat ribbon cable housing assembly with terminal block
r F US kit AXT100-1-F US  (4) D-sub connector housing assembly  = Number of pins: 25, 15 VQD
Note 1) Suffix “-XP” for dust-protected type SI unit. Note 3) SBB kit is usable only for dust tight/low jetproof type (IP65).
Note 2) Dusttight/Low jetproof type (IP65) Note 4) Top entry connector for FU and PU while side entry connector for FS and PS.

<D Side End Plate Assembly>


tyD side end plate assembly no.
VVQ2000-3A-1- -
Electrical entry
For F kit
Option
F Note 1) When both options are specified, indicate as RS.
P For P kit Nil Common EXH
Note 2) The housing assembly and SI unit of F/P/J/G/S kit are not
J For J kit R (1)
External pilot included.
L For L kit (1) Note 3) Separately place an order for q, w, e, and r.
S Built-in silencer, direct exhaust
G For G kit For Dusttight/Low jetproof type (IP65), please consult with
S For S kit SMC.

<U Side End Plate Assembly>


u U side end plate assembly no. (For F/P/G/S kits)
VVQ2000-2A-1- Option
Nil Common EXH Note 1) The !5’s fitting assembly is included.
R External pilot Note 2) The housing assembly and SI unit of F/P/J/G/S kit are not
S Built-in silencer, direct exhaust included.
Note 3) Separately place an order for q, w, e, and r.
i U side end plate assembly no. (For L kit) For Dusttight/Low jetproof type (IP65), please consult with
SMC.
VVQ2000-2A-1-L
<Manifold Block Assembly> Tie-rod (2 pcs.) and lead wire assembly for extensions are attached
o Manifold block assembly no.
VVQ2000-1A- - - Enclosure
Electrical entry Port size Nil Dusttight
W Dusttight/Low jetproof type (IP65)
F1 F kit for 2 to 12 stations/Double wiring C4 One-touch fitting for ø4
F2 F kit for 13 to 24 stations/Double wiring C6 One-touch fitting for ø6 Note) F, P, J, G kits are available with “Nil” only.
F3 F kit for 2 to 24 stations/Single wiring C8 One-touch fitting for ø8 M kit is available with [W] only.
P1 P, J, G, S kit for 2 to 12 stations/Double wiring S, L, T kits are selectable, depending
P, J, G, S kit for 13 to 24 stations/Double wiring upon the manifold type.
P2
P3 P, J, G, S kit for 2 to 24 stations/Single wiring <Fitting Assembly>
L0 L0 kit  Stations (1 to 8)
!4 Fitting assembly part no. (For cylinder port)
L1 L1 kit  Stations (1 to 8)
L2 L2 kit  Stations (1 to 8) VVQ1000-51A-
T1 T kit for 2 to 20 stations/Double wiring Port size
T3 T kit for 2 to 20 stations/Single wiring C4 Applicable tubing ø4
M1 M kit for 2 to 12 stations/Double wiring Note) Purchasing order is available C6 Applicable tubing ø6
M2 M kit for 13 to 24 stations/Double wiring in units of 10 pieces. C8 Applicable tubing ø8
M3 M kit for 2 to 24 stations/Single wiring
!5 Fitting assembly part no. (For P, R ports)
<Replacement Parts for Manifold Block>
Replacement Parts
VVQ2000-51A-C10
Applicable tubing ø10
No. Part no. Description Material Number
!0 VVQ2000-80A-1 Gasket HNBR 12 Note) Purchasing order is available Note) A set of parts containing
!1 VVQ2000-80A-2 Packing HNBR 12 in units of 10 pieces. 12 pcs. each is enclosed.
!2 VVQ2000-80A-3 Clamp screw Carbon steel 12
!3 VVQ2000-80A-4 Clip Stainless steel 12

2-4-229
Series VQ
Exploded View: VQ0000/Plug Lead Unit
(F, P, C, S kit)

∗ For how to increase the stations, refer to the instruction manual.


Tie-rod U side end block assembly Manifold block assembly D side end block assembly Housing assembly and SI unit Note 3)
Note 2)
Connector assembly
S kit

S kit
Note 1)

Note 4)

Note 2)
Connector assembly
P kit

P kit
The drawing shows PU. (Top entry connector)

Note 2)
Connector assembly
F kit

F kit
The drawing shows FU. (Top entry connector)

Note 2)
Connector assembly
T kit

T kit

Note 4)

Note 1) S kit is composed of a flat ribbon cable housing assembly (AXT100-2-PS20) of q SI unit and w P kit (20 pins).
Note 2) Since no connector assembly is included, order it separately. (Refer to page 2-4-216.)
Note 3) A housing assembly is not used for a C kit.
Note 4) A DIN rail clamping bracket is attached to each.

2-4-230
Exploded View of Manifold Series VQ

<Housing Assembly and SI Unit>


Housing assembly and SI unit no.
No. Manifold Part no. Description
(SA kit) EX330-S001 General type SI unit (Series EX300)
(SB kit) EX130-SMB1 SI unit for MELSECNET/MINI-S3 Data Link System (Mitsubishi Electric Corp.)
(1)
(SC kit) EX130-STA1 SI unit for SYSBUS Wire System (OMRON Corporation)
q
(SD kit) EX130-SSH1 SI unit for Satellite I/O Link System (SHARP Corporation)
(SF1 kit) EX130-SUW1 16 point Uni-wire System (NKE Corporation)
VQC
(SH kit) EX130-SUH1 SI unit for 16 point Uni-wire H System (NKE Corporation)
SQ
w PU
S kit AXT100-2-P U
S
(2)
Flat ribbon cable housing assembly l = Number of pins: 26, 20, 16, 10
e FU
S kit AXT100-2-F U
S
(2)
D-sub connector housing assembly l = Number of pins: 25, 15 VQ0
r T kit AXT100-2-TB1 (4) Terminal block assembly (8 terminals)
t T kit AXT100-2-TB2 (4) Terminal block assembly (8 terminals) VQ4
Note 1) S kit is composed of a flat ribbon cable housing assembly (AXT100-2-PS20) of q SI unit and w P kit (20 pins). Place an order for AXT100-2-
PS20 separately. VQ5
Note 2) Top/vertical entry connector for FU and PU while side (horizontal) entry connector for FS and PS.
Note 3) Since no connector assembly is included, order it separately. (Refer to page 2-4-216.)
Note 4) In the case of standard specifications and double wring, r is for 1 to t stations and t is for 5 to 8 stations. VQZ

<D Side End Plate Assembly> VQD


y D side end plate assembly no.
VVQ0000-3A-5-
Option
Note) The !2’s fitting assembly is included.
Nil Common exhaust type
S Built-in silencer, direct exhaust

<U Side End Plate Assembly>


u U side end plate assembly no.
VVQ0000-2A-5-
Option
Nil Common exhaust type
S Built-in silencer, direct exhaust

<Manifold Block Assembly>


i manifold block assembly no.
VVQ0000-1A-5-
Port size
C3 With One-touch fitting for ø3.2
C4 With One-touch fitting for ø4
M5 M5 thread

<Replacement Parts for Manifold Block>


Replaceable Parts
No. Part no. Description Material Number
o VVQ0000-80A-5-2 Seal HNBR 12 Note) A set of parts containing 12 pcs. each is enclosed.
!0 VVQ0000-80A-5-4 Clip HNBR 12

<Fitting Assembly>
!1 Fittings assembly part no. (For cylinder port) !2 Fitting assembly part no. (For P, R port)
VVQ0000-50A- VVQ1000-50A-C6
Port size Applicable tubing ø6
Note)
Purchasing order is available C3 With One-touch fitting for ø3.2 Note) Purchasing order is available in units of 10 pieces.
in units of 10 pieces. C4 With One-touch fitting for ø4

<Tie-rod Bolt>
!3 Tie-rod bolt
VVQ0000-103A-5-
Stations
1 For 1 station
2 For 2 station
Note) 2 bolts per one set.
···

···

16 For 16 station

2-4-231
Series VQ
Exploded View: VQ1000/Plug Lead Unit
(F, P, T, S kit)

∗ For how to increase the stations, refer to the instruction manual.


Note 3)
Housing assembly and SI unit D side end block assembly SUP/EXH block assembly Manifold block assembly SUP/EXH block assembly U side end block assembly

Note 2)
Connector assembly
S kit

Note 1)

Note 2)
Connector assembly
P kit

The drawing shows PU.


(Top entry connector)

Note 2)
Connector assembly
F kit

Note 4)
The drawing shows FU.
(Top entry connector)

Note 2)
Connector assembly
T kIt

Note 4)

Note 1) S kit is composed of a flat ribbon cable housing assembly (AXT100-2-PU20) of q SI unit and w P kit (20 pins).
Note 2) Since no connector assembly is included, order it separately. (Refer to page 2-4-216.)
Note 3) A housing assembly is not used for a C kit.
Note 4) A DIN rail clamping bracket is attached to each.

2-4-232
Exploded View of Manifold Series VQ

<Housing Assembly and SI Unit>


Housing assembly and SI unit no.
No. Manifold Part no. Description
(SA kit) EX321-S001(-XP) (5) General type SI unit (Series EX300)
(SB kit) EX121-SMB1(-XP) (5) SI unit for MELSECNET/MINI-S3 Data Link System (Mitsubishi Electric Corporation)
(SC kit) EX121-STA1(-XP) (5) SI unit for SYSBUS Wire System (OMRON Corporation)
(SD kit) EX121-SSH1(-XP) (5) SI unit for Satellite I/O Link System (SHARP Corpoation)
(SE kit) EX121-SPA1 SI unit for MEWNET-F System (Matsushita Electric Works, Ltd.)
(SF1kit) EX121-SUW1(-XP) (5) SI unit for 16 point Uni-wire System (NKE Corporation) VQC
(SG kit) EX121-SAB1(-XP) (5) SI unit for Allen Bradley Remote I/O (RIO) System (Rockwell Automation, Inc.)
q (SH kit) EX120-SUH1(-XP) (5) SI unit for 16 point Uni-wire H System (NKE Corporation)
SQ
(SJ1 kit) EX121-SSL1(-XP) (5) 16 point S-LINK System (SUNX Corporation)
(SJ2 kit) EX121-SSL2(-XP) (5) 8 point S-LINK System (SUNX Corporation)
(SK kit) EX121-SFU1(-XP) (5) T-LINK Mini System (Fuji Electric Co., Ltd.) VQ0
(SQ kit) EX121-SDN1 DeviceNet, CompoBus/D (OMRON Corporation)
(SR1 kit) EX121-SCS1(-XP) (5) OMRON Corporation: CompoBus/S System (16 output points) VQ4
(SR2 kit) EX121-SCS2(-XP) (5) OMRON Corporation: CompoBus/S System (8 output points)
(SV kit) EX120-SMJ1(-XP) (5) Mitsubishi Electric Corporation: CC-LINK System VQ5
w P US kit AXT100-2-P US  (2) Flat ribbon cable housing assembly  = Number of pins: 26, 20, 16, 10
e F US kit AXT100-2-F US  (2) D-sub connector housing assembly  = Number of pins: 25, 15
r T kit AXT100-2-TB1 (4) Terminal block assembly (8 terminals)
VQZ
t T kit AXT100-2-TB2 (4) Terminal block assembly (8 terminals)
Note 1) A S kit is composed of a flat ribbon cable housing assembly (AXT100-2-PS20) of q SI unit and w P kit (20 pins). VQD
Place an order for AXT100-2-PU20 separately.
Note 2) Top/vertical entry connector for FU and PU while side (horizontal) entry connector for FS and PS.
Note 3) Since no connector assembly is included, order it separately. (Refer to page 2-4-216.)
Note 4) In the case of standard specifications and double wring, r is for 1 to 4 stations and t is for 5 to 8 stations.
Note 5) Suffix “-XP” for dust-protected type SI unit.

<D Side End Plate Assembly> <Replacement Parts for Manifold Block>
y D side end plate assembly no. Replaceable Parts
No. Part no. Description Material Number
VVQ1000-3A-2 !0 VVQ1000-80A-1 Gasket HNBR 12
!1 VVQ1000-80A-2-2 O-ring HNBR 12
<U Side End Plate Assembly> !2 VVQ1000-80A-3 Clamp screw Carbon steel 12
u U side end plate assembly no. !3 VVQ1000-80A-2-4 Clip Stainless steel 12
VVQ1000-2A-2 Note) A set of parts containing 12 pcs. each is enclosed.

<SUP/EXH block Assembly> <Fitting Assembly>


i SUP/EXH block assembly no. !4 Fitting assembly part no. (For cylinder port)
VVQ1000-PR-2-C8- VVQ1000-50A-
Port size
Option
Note) Purchasing order is
C3 Applicable tubing ø3.2
Nil Common exhaust type
C4 Applicable tubing ø4
S Built-in silencer, direct exhaust available in units of 10
C6 Applicable tubing ø6
pieces.
Note) The !5’s fitting assembly is included. M5 With M5 thread

<Manifold Block Assembly>


i Manifold block assembly no. !5 Fitting assembly part no. (For P, R port)
VVQ1000-1A-2- VVQ1000-51A-C8
Applicable tubing ø8

Port size Note) Purchasing order is


available in units of 10
C3 With One-touch fitting for ø3.2 pieces.
C4 With One-touch fitting for ø4
C6 With One-touch fitting for ø6
M5 M5 thread

2-4-233
2-4-234

You might also like